DUO - Pol
Transcription
DUO - Pol
2015 PRODUCT CaTaLOGUE POL-SKONE BETTER INTERIOR DOORS anD WInDOWS www.pol-skone.eu 2014 Search for products with the FSC® mark in our offer PRODUCTION PLANT № 1 IN LUBLIN PRODUCTION PLANT № 2 IN NIEMCE PRODUCTION PLANT № 3 IN BIŁGORAJ We are inspired by our Clients’ dreams This year POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. is celebrating the 25th anniversary of its foundation. As every jubilee, it provokes thoughts about the past, the presence and the future. Since 1990, we have been pursuing our main goal – to supply products which conform to the Customer’s requirements. By focusing on the Customers’ needs, ensuring high quality of our products and being technologically innovative, we have become known to be the leading manufacturer of door and window systems. Concurrently, the principles of being thorough and credible in cooperation with our Customers and Vendors have allowed us to become a trustworthy business partner, repeatedly awarded the Fair Play Certificate. We have successfully become the most dynamically developing company in our sector and, as such, we have been appreciated by experts and research and development institutions and received over 100 awards and distinctions. We are proud to be the company which, after 25 years, continues to set out market trends and surprise Customers with unique, unconventional and fresh patterns. We believe that only the dynamic and innovative development of the product portfolio is the way to fulfil our Customers’ increasing requirements - and this is what keeps us motivated to operate and grow. We are pleased to hand over to you the jubilee edition of the Better Interior 2015 catalogue. It presents collections of interior doors which are available with various patterns, a wide portfolio of finishes and an unprecedented colour scheme, stimulating the imagination of even the most the demanding Customer. We hope that the so composed diverse portfolio of products will give you a lot of satisfaction while designing and arranging your interiors. Management Board of Pol-Skone Sp. z o.o. CONTENTS INTERIOR DOOR LEAVES REBATED SYSTEM.................................................................................................4 NON-REBATED SYSTEM........................................................................................6 ARCO.....................................................................................................................8 ARCO ALU...........................................................................................................10 VERIMO - NEW....................................................................................................12 INTER-AMBER ....................................................................................................14 IMPULS...............................................................................................................16 CREO...................................................................................................................18 ETIUDA................................................................................................................20 ETIUDA LUX.........................................................................................................22 DECO, DECO VARIO - NEW COLOURS................................................................24 SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF........................................................................................26 CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD...........................................................................28 PLYTOWE............................................................................................................30 MODERN..............................................................................................................32 HAPPY.................................................................................................................34 TIARA..................................................................................................................36 ASTRO.................................................................................................................38 VERTIGO - NEW...................................................................................................40 VERTIGO LUX - NEW...........................................................................................42 ASTRO LUX.........................................................................................................44 DECO LUX, Lux Soft, Lux Soft Vario - NEW COLOURS���������������������������������������46 NOSTRE...............................................................................................................48 SEMPRE..............................................................................................................50 SEMPRE Alu........................................................................................................52 SEMPRE Onda.....................................................................................................54 SEMPRE Lux - NEW COLOURS...........................................................................56 SEMPRE Lux Alu - NEW COLOURS.....................................................................58 SEMPRE Inserto..................................................................................................60 SEMPRE Sense....................................................................................................62 SEMPRE Gravi - NEW..........................................................................................64 SEMPRE Verse - NEW COLOURS........................................................................66 SAHARA, KONGO.................................................................................................68 QUATTRO Soft.....................................................................................................70 INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft...........................................................................72 INTERSOLID II.....................................................................................................74 VITTORIA-W........................................................................................................76 VENA, GRAND Lux, MILENIUM Lux.....................................................................78 ARGENT...............................................................................................................80 NOBLE I / NOBLE II..............................................................................................82 PASSO / PASSO Alto...........................................................................................84 CALYPSO.............................................................................................................86 SABIA..................................................................................................................88 FORM...................................................................................................................90 L-PROJEKT - NEW COLOURS/NEW PRICES�������������������������������������������������������92 VERTO.................................................................................................................94 LUMEN.................................................................................................................96 SOUNDPROOF DOORS - NEW COLOURS�����������������������������������������������������������98 DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS - NEW COLOURS������������������������������������������������100 FOLDING DOORS - NEW COLOURS...................................................................102 SLIDING IN-WALL.............................................................................................104 SLIDING ON-WALL SYSTEM.............................................................................106 PREMIUM ON-WALL SYSTEM..........................................................................107 TUNNELS / WALL CASING.................................................................................108 INTEGRATED TOPLIGHTS ON DIN PROFILE�����������������������������������������������������109 SIDELIGHTS......................................................................................................111 DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS.................................................................................112 DOOR FRAMES - NEW��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������112 CROWNS...........................................................................................................128 PORTHOLES FOR INTERIOR DOORS.................................................................128 STRIPS..............................................................................................................129 ACCESSORIES...................................................................................................130 TYPES OF GLAZING...........................................................................................131 VENTILATION OPTIONS.....................................................................................132 ENTRANCE DOORS FOR MULTIFAMILY HOUSING CERBER II - NEW COLOURS..............................................................................134 ANTI-BURGLAR DOOR B-30/C-30 - NEW COLOURS����������������������������������������136 ANTI-BURGLAR RC3 - NEW COLOURS.............................................................138 ADJUSTABLE FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE DOORS����������������������������������������������139 COLOURS COLOURS..........................................................................................................140 HARDWARE HANDLES...........................................................................................................142 TECHNICAL APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES ������������������������������������������������144 EXEMPLARY REFERENCES...............................................................................146 SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS��������������������������������������������������147 WINDOW SPECIFICATIONS...............................................................................150 Exterior doors, windows and solutions for development projects are available in separate publications. REBATED SYSTEM R E B AT E D SYSTEM door leaf depth of rebate 27 mm Ss (door leaf width) Height of handle for the rebated door standard height – 1113 mm from leaf bottom edge. width (Ss) height in rebate 618 718 818 918 (mm) 2020 (mm) n FRAMES n HINGES for interior doors Fixed MDF DIN (ZP) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame 4 rebated system rebated system rebated system rebated system rebated system rebated system Screw-in pivot A type hinge Screw-in pivot B type hinge Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge Screw-in pivot K type hinge Three-piece T type hinge POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame n MODELS OF DOOR LEAVES AND DOORS IN REBATED SYSTEM ARCO ARCO Alu VERIMO INTER-AMBER IMPULS CREO ETIUDA ETIUDA Lux SIMPLE GRAF CLASSIC CLASSIC Lux FIORD PLYTOWE MODERN HAPPY TIARA ASTRO (see p 39) (see p 45) VERTIGO VERTIGO Lux DECO DECO Vario (see p 25) DECO Lux, DECO Lux Soft DECO Lux Soft Vario NOSTRE (see p 47) (see p 49) SEMPRE SEMPRE Alu SEMPRE Onda SEMPRE Sense SEMPRE Gravi SEMPRE Verse SAHARA KONGO QUATTRO Soft INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft (see p 9) (see p 27) (see p 41) SEMPRE Lux (see p 57) INTERSOLID II (see p 75) (see p 11) (see p 29) (see p 43) SEMPRE Lux Alu (see p 59) VITTORIA-W (see p 77) (see p 13) (see p 29) (see p 25) SEMPRE Inserto (see p 61) vena (see p 79) (see p 15) (see p 29) (see p 63) GRAND Lux (see p 79) (see p 17) (see p 31) (see p 47) (see p 65) MILENIUM Lux (see p 79) (see p 19) (see p 33) (see p 67) ARGENT (see p 81) (see p 21) (see p 35) (see p 69) (see p 23) (see p 37) (see p 51) (see p 69) (see p 27) (see p 53) (see p 71) ASTOR (see p 27) ASTRO Lux (see p 55) (see p 73) FORM (see p 91) 5 NON-REBATED SYSTEM NON-REBATED NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM SYSTEM NOBLE FIESTA DUO DUO door leaf Ss (door leaf width) Height of handle for the rebated door standard height – 1040mm from leaf bottom edge. width (Ss) height 625 725 825 925 (mm) 2040 (mm) n FRAMES DUO DUO Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge DUO Magnetic mortise lock (Duo, NOBLE, Fiesta System) n HINGES for interior doors DUO fixed frame NOBLE Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame VERTIGO adjustable frame NOBLE FIESTA NOBLE (NB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame 6 non-rebated system non-rebated system SFS hinge (NOBLE, FIESTA SYSTEM) ARGENTA type hidden adjustable hinge (DUO SYSTEM) FIESTA FIESTA (FA) adjustable frame n MODELS OF DOOR LEAVES AND DOORS IN NON-REBATED SYSTEM DUO INTER-AMBER Duo IMPULS Duo SIMPLE Duo available models of the INTER-AMBER leaves (see p. 15) available models of the IMPULS leaves (see p. 17) VERTIGO Duo VERTIGO Lux Duo DECO Lux Duo available models of the VERTIGO leaves (see p. 41) available models of the VERTIGO Lux leaves (see p. 43) available models of the SIMPLE leaves (see p. 27) GRAF Duo ASTOR Duo SEMPRE Duo, Lux Duo SEMPRE Alu Duo, SEMPRE Lux Alu Duo Onda Duo available models of the GRAF leaves (see p. 27) available models of the DECO Lux leaves (see p. 47) available models of the SEMPRE leaves (see p. 51), SEMPRE Lux leaves (see p. 57) available models of the ASTOR leaves (see p. 27) available models of the SEMPRE Alu leaves (see p. 53), SEMPRE Lux Alu leaves (see p. 59) NOBLE DUO L-projekt Duo available models of the l-projekt leaves (see p. 93) SOUNDPROOF Duo available models of the SOUNDPROOF leaves (see p. 101) CLASSIC Lux Duo FIORD Duo available models of the CLASSIC Lux leaves (see p. 29) available models of the SEMPRE Onda leaves (see p. 55) FIESTA available models of the FIORD leaves (see p. 29) SEMPRE Inserto Duo available models of the SEMPRE Inserto leaves (see p. 61) DUO PLYTOWE Duo Modern Duo TIARA duo SEMPRE Sense Duo SEMPRE Gravi Duo SEMPRE Verse Duo available models of the PLYTOWE leaves (see p. 31) available models of the SEMPRE Sense leaves (see p. 63) available models of the Modern leaves (see p. 33) available models of the SEMPRE Gravi leaves (see p. 65) available models of the TIARA leaves (see p. 37) available models of the SEMPRE Verse leaves (see p. 67) DUO SYSTEM = door leaf price + price of door frame DUO NOBLE I NOBLE Ii PASSO PASSO Alto calypso sabia verto available models of the NOBLE I leaves (see p. 83) available models of the NOBLE II leaves (see p. 83) available models of the passo leaves (see p. 85) available models of the passo Alto leaves (see p. 85) available models of the calypso leaves (see p. 87) available models of the sabia leaves (see p. 89) available models of the verto leaves (see p. 95) WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES NOBLE SYSTEM – VERSION A (100 mm) WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES NOBLE SYSTEM – VERSION B (80 mm) FIESTA SYSTEM WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES DUO SYSTEM (80 mm) 7 arco R E B AT E D SYSTEM Door leaves with the ECO TOP surface finish hold the FSC® Mix Certificate. n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface ∙∙MDF panels covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface, horizontal wood grain, cross rails with horizontal wood grain, the W5P and W5 cross rail pattern with vertical wood grain n GLAZING ∙∙White matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash ∙∙VERSION W2D, W3D, W5S, W5: white matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 units (“60”-”90”) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; ; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 8 n FRAMES Fixed MDF DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n ARCO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter to 30 mm (the lower element of the door has a nonstandard height) - Door shorter by 40-60 mm (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles W2P W2S W2 W2D W3P W3S W3 W3D ARCO door details Ventilation trim n GLAZING W5P W5S W5 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. MDF panel covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface 120 124 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 140 141 142 143 144 white Palermo walnut Caucasian walnut southern oak brown matt n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION n COLOURS ECO TOP white matt maple dark ash nut Salinas oak dark oak white pine British oak Scandinavian oak dark acacia bright aralia 145 dark aralia MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface HIGH TOP 129 chestnut 138 premium oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 9 arco Alu R E B AT E D SYSTEM Door leaves with the ECO TOP surface finish hold the FSC® Mix Certificate. n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface ∙∙MDF panels covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface, horizontal wood grain, cross rails with horizontal wood grain ∙∙Aluminium decorative strips n GLAZING ∙∙White matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash ∙∙VERSION W2D, W3D: white matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, maple, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 4 mm thick - Caucasian walnut, walnut, dark oak, dark acacia, British oak, Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 units (“60”-”90”) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; ; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 10 n FRAMES Fixed MDF DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n ARCO Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter to 30 mm (the lower element of the door has a nonstandard height) - Door shorter by 40-60 mm (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles W2P W2S W2 W2D ARCO door details W3P W3S W3 W3D Aluminium decorative strips ventilation trim n GLAZING NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. MDF panel covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface 120 124 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 140 141 142 143 144 white Palermo walnut Caucasian walnut southern oak brown matt n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION n COLOURS ECO TOP white matt maple dark ash nut Salinas oak dark oak white pine British oak Scandinavian oak dark acacia bright aralia 145 dark aralia MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface HIGH TOP 129 chestnut 138 premium oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 11 VERIMO R E B AT E D SYSTEM NEW n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙MDF rail and stile set covered with ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE surface ∙∙MDF cross rails and panels covered with ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE surface, horizontal wood grain n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙White matt 4 mm thick glass in the colours of white, merbau royal, Italian oak, patina ash, coffee ash Fixed MDF DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD ACCESSORIES ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Screw-in pivot hinges, 3 pcs (“60”-”90”) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙Single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”, “80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90” 12 Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n VERIMO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available door shortening: by to 60 mm - Door shorter by 10 mm – the upper element of the door has a non-standard height - Door shorter by 20-60 mm – the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height Ventilation trim W01 W01S1 W01S2 W01P W02 W02S1 W02S2 W02S3 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options Handles see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 W02P NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door W03 W03S1 W03S2 W03P n COLOURS n DOOR LEAF CROSS SECTION Environment-friendly and wearresistant surface. ECO TOP HIGH TOP NEW NEW 120 white SILKSTONE 146 Italian walnut 147 patina ash NEW MDF panel covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKSTONE surface 148 coffee ash MDF rail and stile set covered with the ECO TOP, HIGH TOP, SILKTONE surface 295 merbau royal 13 INTER-AMBER R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface, core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer ∙∙Door leaf: vertical wood grain, panels: vertical wood grain (pattern A, B), panels: horizontal wood grain (pattern C, D, E, F) n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, bright aralia, dark aralia, oak, bavaria beech, Caucasian walnut, common walnut, British oak, maple, nut, dark oak, dark acacia, premium oak, Palermo walnut, Salinas oak, white pine, Scandinavian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick - Chestnut, southern oak, dark ash ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION AS4, BS2, 03SD n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+”60”; “60”+”70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 14 n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame Fixed MDF DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n INTER-AMBER DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) A00 A01 AP4 AS4 APM4 ASM4 Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) 03SD Reinforcement for door closer Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum door shortening available on request: to 100 mm Ventilation trim Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane): Version AS4, BS2, 03SD, ASM4 Version C BP2 BS2 C00 C01 C02 C03 Version D, E, F D00 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version D02 D03 E00 E01 E02 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles D01 see p. 104-107 E03 SOUNDPROOF DOORS - p. 98-101 E04 E05 F00 F01 F02 F03 F04 F05 F06 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS ECO TOP Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. D03 frame detail 120 121 122 124 125 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 140 141 142 143 white British oak oak dark acacia bavaria beech Caucasian walnut Palermo walnut southern oak common walnut dark ash maple Salinas oak nut white pine HIGH TOP dark oak Scandinavian oak AS4, ASM4 muntin bar detail 144 bright aralia 145 dark aralia 129 chestnut 138 premium oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 15 IMPULS R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree ∙∙For version W13: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, in the standard colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION W04, W05, W10 n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 16 DUO fixed frame Fixed MDF DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DUO (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n IMPULS DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”) Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard W01 W02 W03 W04 W05 W06 W07 W08 B0 W08 B1 W08 B2 W08 B3 W08 B4 W10 W11 Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (not applicable to version W13) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (not applicable to version W13) Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to version W13) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim and to version W13) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm (not applicable to version W13) Ventilation trim (not applicable to version W13) Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane): Version W04, W05, W10, W12 (not applicable to version W13) Versions W02, W03, W06, W07, W08, W12D1 Versions W11, W14 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system (not applicable to version W13) Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes, ventilation options see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W12 W13 W14 C0 W14 C1 W14 C2 W14 C3 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles9 W12 D1 see p. 104-107 Pattern W13 availability of a leaf with a non-standard height: 1970 mm SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE 276 Polish oak 293 Royal anthracite 279 Brazilian nut tree 294 Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Frame profile (IMPULS VERSION W11) Glazing (IMPULS VERSION W13) Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 284 Siberian oak 288 Royal maple 292 Royal chestnut Frame profile (IMPULS VERSION W14) 295 296 Muntin bar profile (IMPULS VERSION W10, W12) 297 Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 17 CREO R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION AD, DD, CD DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS n CORES ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 18 Metal adjustable or fixed frame “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n CREO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration applicable as in “90”) Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard A0 A8 AD D0 D6 DD Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Reinforcement for door closer Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Ventilation trim Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane): Version A8, AD, D6, DD, C10, CD B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 Version B1, B2, B3, B4 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes, ventilation options C10 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles C0 see p. 104-107 CD Frame profile NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 276 279 284 288 292 293 294 295 296 297 Polish oak Royal anthracite Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak Royal maple Royal chestnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 19 ETIUDA R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system, door leaf top edge in the non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface, the core made of solid chipboard (VERSION B1, B2, B3, B4), honeycomb-like structure (VERSION B0, A01, A02, A03) n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Royal anthracite, Polish ash tree, Royal maple, Siberian oak; brown matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick, for door leaves in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge, Royal merbau, Royal nougat, Royal chestnut, Brazilian nut tree – the size of glazing independent from the door size (+ / - 2 mm) ∙∙Glazing width in version A01 - 54 mm ∙∙Glazing width in version A02 - 205 mm ∙∙Glazing width in version A03 - 276 mm n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 20 Fixed MDF DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Solid chipboard n ETIUDA DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Size “110” Core made of solid chipboard Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) A01 A02 Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0, B4) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0, B4) Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim, not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm (not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) A03 Ventilation trim (version B0, B1, B2, B3, B4) Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system (not applicable to version A01) Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes (version B0), ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles Pattern A01, A02, A03 availability of a leaf with a non-standard height: 1970 mm B0 B1 B2 B3 B4 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door Aluminium glazing drip caps n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Aluminium strips Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 276 279 284 288 292 293 294 295 296 297 Polish oak Royal anthracite Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak Royal maple Royal chestnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat Door leaf top edge in the non-rebated system The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 21 ETIUDA Lux R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system, door leaf top edge in the non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface, core made of solid chipboard (VERSION B1, B2, B3), honeycomb like structure (VERSION B0, A01, A02, A03) ∙∙Horizontal wood grain of veneer in collection VI, other collections with vertical wood grain of veneer n FRAMES n GLAZING DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame ∙∙Standard: white matt tempered glass, 6 mm thick - glazing dimensions independent from the door size (+ / - 2 mm) ∙∙Glazing width in version A01 - 54 mm ∙∙Glazing width in version A02 - 205 mm ∙∙Glazing width in version A03 - 276 mm n STANDARD ACCESSORIES ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: doors in the colours of RETRO, LIMBA, IV, VI (complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered doors, collection I, II, III (complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) - screw-in pivot type; door leaves for standard metal frames - screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 22 Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Solid chipboard n ETIUDA Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Size “110” Core made of solid chipboard A01 A02 Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version B0) Reinforcement for door closer (not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim, not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm (not applicable to versions A01, A02, A03) A03 Ventilation trim (version B0, B1, B2, B3) Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system (not applicable to version A01) Additional accessories: hinge caps, portholes (version B0), ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles Pattern A01, A02, A03 availability of a leaf with a non-standard height: 1970 mm b0 B1 B2 B3 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door Upper edge of the door leaf in the non-rebated system n COLOURS VENEERED The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 326 Swiss pine beech LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 421 cappucino 422 mokka collection III 323 332 rustic oak 334 maple European oak collection IV RETRO – oak veneer 424 teak 340 ebony 404 dark walnut 405 light walnut 350 graphite 351 marrone 352 nero collection VI 612 622 SAHARA B KONGO B The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 23 DECO, DECO Vario R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the CPL laminate, 0.2 mm, 0.5 mm, 0.7 mm thick or HPL laminates (requires consultation with the Sales Department), the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES Covered with the CPL laminate, 0.15 mm, its colour matching the laminated door leaf surface - not applicable to metal door frames n GLAZING ∙∙The DECO standard, ornamental (transparent kura ornament) or clear transparent glass, 4 mm thick ∙∙The DECO Vario standard, ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: 60”+“60”; 60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 24 Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n DECO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) CPL 0.5; 0.7 laminate for “60”, “70”, “80” available at extra charge CPL 0.5; 0.7 laminate for “90”, “100”, “110” available at extra charge Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard 00 02 SM 03 SD 04 SD 05 SD n DECO Vario DOOR LEAVES (versions) Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (all models except door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Reinforcement for door closer Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options BS0 BS1 BS2 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles BS3 see p. 104-107 SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 BS4 C01 C02 C03 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS The Soft frame profile n FRAME PROFILE CPL 0.2 mm LAMINATED NEW 820 CPL 0.5 mm* white CPL 0.7 mm* beech 222 grey 223 cherry tree 229 821 oak anthracite 863 The Soft frame premium walnut NEW 920 white 251 beech 252 oak 259 grey 921 anthracite 965 wenge NEW 720 white HPL* 221 771 beech HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used. 772 grey 779 oak K1238 AR+ 0901-HW L-P 5G L-P 9G 721 anthracite 9417-HW L-P 20G 765 wenge 4447-6 L-P 21 Exemplary HPL colous. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; available finishes: matt or gloss. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department. The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 25 SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted flush HDF boards, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n GLAZING ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass – SIMPLE VERSION 01, 02 REBATED SYSTEM: Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick NON-REBATED SYSTEM: Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙“90” rebated version (non-standard width, passage clearance: 877 mm); dimension on the external side of door frame (fixed - 963 mm, adjustable - 969 mm, DIN adjustable 921 mm); door leaf dimension in door “90” - 892x2020 mm (ASTOR, GRAF) ∙∙“90” non-rebated version; dimension on the external side of door frame (fixed, adjustable - 986 mm, DIN adjustable - 945 mm); door ∙∙leaf dimension in door “90” - 918x2040 mm (ASTOR, GRAF) ∙∙The double leaf type: (“60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “70” +“70”, “70”+“80”; “80”+“80”) ∙∙The double Simple leaf type: (“60”+“60”, “60”+“70”, “60”+“80”, “60”+“90”, “70” +“70”, “70”+“80”, “70”+“90”, “80”+“80”, “80”+“90”, “90”+“90”) 26 n FRAMES DUO DUO Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO fixed frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) SIMPLE Solid chipboard (option) Simple, GRAF n SIMPLE DOOR LEAVES (versions) plain surface n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) (applicable to SIMPLE, SIMPLE DUO) Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) (applicable to SIMPLE, SIMPLE DUO) Core made of perforated chipboard (not applicable to ASTOR, GRAF door) Core made of solid chipboard (not applicable to ASTOR, GRAF door) 00 01 02 03 04 n ASTOR DOOR LEAVES (versions) plain surface Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”), (not applicable to DUO) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm* Reinforcement for door closer Ventilation trim Tempered glass - SIMPLE door Tempered glass - GRAF door (1 glass pane) 00 01SM 01S6 01S8 01S10 n GRAF DOOR LEAVES (versions) plain surface Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system (not applicable to “90” ASTOR, GRAF) Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door frame - 1 unit (white foil) Additional accessories: optional glazing, hinge caps, ventilation options Handles Duo non-rebated version see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 * patterns available with the 100 mm maximum door shortening: SIMPLE 00, 01, 02, 03, 04 - shortened symmetrically from the top and from the bottom S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door The Simple frame and muntin bar The Astor pattern n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). The Graf frame 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT The Q-system (ZJ) door frame crown and architrave The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 27 CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with pressed painted boards, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES DUO DUO n GLAZING ∙∙The POL-SKONE system wooden muntin bars REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙The CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD standard, ornamental (transparent kura ornament) or clear colourless transparent glass, 4 mm thick NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 28 DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Solid chipboard (option) NOT AVAILABLE IN THE DUO SYSTEM n CLASSIC DOOR LEAVES (versions) wood grain texture n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Core made of solid chipboard 00 01SM 01SD 01S6 n CLASSIC Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) 01S10 plain surface Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum shortening of door up to 100 mm (symmetrical shortening from the top side and from the bottom side by 50 mm each – the Fiord leaf, shortening of door leaf from the bottom side – Classic, Classic Lux) Maximum available door shortening: to 90 mm (applicable to CLASSIC LUX in the DUO system) Reinforcement for door closer Ventilation trim 00 01SM 01SD 01S6 01S10 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door frame - 1 unit (white foil) Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options Handles n FIORD DOOR LEAVES (versions) 00 01 03SD plain surface 03 Duo non-rebated version see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 02S8 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 29 PLYTOWE R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted flush HDF boards, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES DUO n GLAZING ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass - VERSION 03 SD REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Standard: ornamental (transparent kura ornament) or clear transparent glass, 4 mm thick NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 30 DUO fixed frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame DUO POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n PLYTOWE DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard 00 02 SM Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”), (not applicable to DUO) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) 02 S6 Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Maximum available door shortening: to 90 mm (DUO SYSTEM) Reinforcement for door closer Ventilation trim Tempered glass - VERSION 02 SD, 03 SD Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version 02 SD 03 SD 04 SD 05 SD SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 The PLYTOWE frame profile NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS PAINTED n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) Overhead closer Stainless steel grill The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. Stainless steel panel 31 MODERN R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, painted MDF panel n GLAZING ∙∙The POL-SKONE system wooden muntin bars REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 32 Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n MODERN DOOR LEAVES (versions) plain surface n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm (DUO SYSTEM) Ventilation trim 01 01 S6 02 02 S6 03 03 S6 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Crown for the SYSTEM DIN/DUO/Q-SYSTEM door frame - 1 unit (white foil) Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version 04 04 S8 05 05 S8 06 06 S8 Q-system (ZJ) door frame crown and architrave 07 07 S10 08 08 S10 09 09 S10 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS PAINTED The MODERN muntin bar profile n DOOR CROSS SECTION Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). Painted MDF panel 000 white colours of (NCS s0500-N) RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) Pine wood door frame n PORTHOLES (available for flush doors) Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass BMD PORTHOLE Painted HDF boards Wooden rail and stile set View from the hinge side Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 33 HAPPY R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of glued pine wood, topped with painted HDF boards, core made of cross rail painted on both sides - one side of the cross rail serves as a school magnetic board (black colour board), the other side of the cross rail is painted in the colour of the door or panel both sides are painted in the colour of the door (without the magnetic board) n GLAZING n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame ∙∙Safe matt glass, 6 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 34 Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 n HAPPY DOOR LEAVES (versions) plain surface n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Z – board fitted on the hinge side A/Z – board on the side opposite to the hinge side Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options Handles 00 Z A/Z 01 02 see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 03 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 35 TIARA R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted HDF boards with inserts made of decorative aluminium strips ∙∙The core made of solid chipboard n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: adjustable type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ” - option available at extra charge - “100” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 36 n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DUO (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n TIARA DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf “60”-“80”) (not applicable to DUO) Size “100” (decoration as in “90”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Reinforcement for door closer Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (all models except door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm* Ventilation trim W1 W2 W3 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles see p. 142-145 DUO non-rebated version see p. 6-7 *in case of the pattern W5, the door is shortened up to 100 mm symmetrically from the top and from the bottom Decorative aluminium strips W4 W5 W6 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door Ending of decorative strips n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 37 ASTRO R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two painted HDF boards with structured surface inserts (patterns W1-W6 – horizontal structure pattern; patterns W7-W9 – vertical structure pattern) ∙∙Patterns W1-W9 - the core is made of perforated chipboard ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - the core is made of a honeycomb-like stabilizing layer ∙∙Patterns W1S-W6S, W1A-W6A - the core is made of glued laminated wood n GLAZING n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 ∙∙Standard: patterns W1S-W6S - 6 mm thick tempered glass pattern ASTRO ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, BIRAIN white (transparent/matt) ∙∙Patterns W1A-W9A - 6 mm thick tempered glass white matt ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - glazing dimensions independent from the door size (+/-2 mm) ∙∙Glazing width: pattern W7S, W7A - 71 mm; pattern W8S, W8A - 210 mm; pattern W9S, W9A - 280 mm To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n STANDARD EQUIPMENT n CORES (standard according to the door leaf structure description) Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Adjustable screwed-in pivot hinges (“70”-“80” – 2 units; “90” - 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “70+70”; ”70+80”; “70+90”; “80+80”; “80+90”; “90+90” 38 “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard Glued laminated wood Solid chipboard (option only W1-W9) n ASTRO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size ”100” (glazing decoration as in ”90”) Core made of solid chipboard (only patterns W1-W9) Third hinge in the door leaf ”70”-”80” Additional rail set (only patterns W1-W9) W1 W1S W1A W2 W2S W2A Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to leaves with ventilation trim and leaves with glazing) Reinforcement for the overhead door closer (not applicable to patterns W1S-W9S, W1A-W9A) Ventilation trim (only patterns W1-W9) Sliding system: in-wall version and on-wall version, the Premium system (not applicable to the W7S, W7A version) Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options W3S W3A W4 W4S W4A W5 W5S W5A W6 W6S W6A W7 W7S W7A W8 W8S W8A W9 W9S W9A NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door BIRAIN glass detail, white (W7S, W8S, W9S) see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles W3 see p. 104-107 ASTRO glass detail (W1S–W6S) Glass detail white matt (W1A–W9A) n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 39 VERTIGO R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO NEW n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set made of glued laminated wood topped with flush HDF panels, all painted n GLAZING ∙∙White matt 6 mm thick tempered glass n STANDARD ACCESSORIES REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock (WC) spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” 2 pcs) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙Single leaf type: “60”, “70”, “80”, “90” ∙∙Double leaf type: 60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”, “80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90” 40 n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DUO (DI) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. Door frames for white painted doors are covered with matching colour foil (difference in shades of door leaves, door frames and edges is possible). Door frames in the colours of RAL and NCS palettes are available on request - p. 141 n VERTIGO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim Ventilation trim W00 W0SD W02 W02S1 W02S2 Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm Sliding system: in-wall and on-wall, Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options W03S2 see p. 130-133 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W03S1 see p. 104-107 see p. 142-145 Handles W03 +10% W03S3 Frame profile NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 000 white (NCS s0500-N) colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 41 VERTIGO Lux R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO NEW n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙DUO rebated system or non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set made of glued laminated wood, rail and stile sets and panel veneered with natural walnut veneer n GLAZING ∙∙White matt 6 mm thick tempered glass n STANDARD ACCESSORIES REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock (WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 pcs) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙Single leaf type: “60”, “70”, “80”, “90” ∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”, “80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90” 42 n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DUO (DI) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame VERTIGO adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. Metal adjustable or fixed frame n VERTIGO Lux (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact - not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim Ventilation trim W00 W0SD W02 W02S1 W02S2 Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm Dedicated Vertigo door frame (only the nonrebated system) Sliding system: in-wall and on-wall, Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options +10% see p. 124 see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version Panel and architrave connection system W03 W03S1 W03S2 W03S3 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door Frame profile n COLOURS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection I collection III 312 334 limba European oak ebony 404 dark walnut 390 natural walnut LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer RETRO – oak veneer 340 NEW 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak Dedicated Vertigo door frame (only the non-rebated system) The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 43 ASTRO Lux R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural oak veneer with structured surface inserts (patterns W1-W6 – horizontal structure pattern; patterns W7-W9 – vertical structure pattern) ∙∙Patterns W1-W9 - the core is made of perforated chipboard ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - the core is made of a honeycomb - like stabilizing layer ∙∙Patterns W1S-W6S, W1A-W6A - the core is made of glued laminated wood n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: patterns W1S-W6S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, pattern ASTRO ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S - 6 mm thick tempered glass, BIRAIN white (transparent/matt) ∙∙Patterns W1A-W9A - 6 mm thick tempered glass, white matt ∙∙Patterns W7S-W9S, W7A-W9A - glazing dimensions independent from the door size (+/-2mm) ∙∙Glazing width: pattern W7S, W7A - 71mm; pattern W8S, W8A - 210 mm; pattern W9S, W9A - 280 mm n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Adjustable screwed-in pivot hinges (“70”-“80” – 2 units, “90” - 3 units) Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES (standard according to the door leaf structure description) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “70+70”; “70+80”; “70+90”; “80+80”; “80+90”; “90+90” 44 “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard Glued laminated wood Solid chipboard (option only W1-W9) n ASTRO Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size ”100” (glazing decoration as in ”90”) Core made of solid chipboard (only patterns W1-W9) Third hinge in the door leaf “70”-”80” Additional rail set (only patterns W1-W9) W1 W1S W1A W2 W2S W2A Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (not applicable to leaves with ventilation trim and leaves with glazing) Reinforcement for the overhead door closer (not applicable to patterns W1S-W9S, W1A-W9A) Ventilation trim (only patterns W1-W9) Sliding system: in-wall version and on-wall version, the Premium system (not applicable to the W7S, W7A version) Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options W3S W3A W4 W4S W4A W5 W5S W5A W6 W6S W6A W7 W7S W7A W8 W8S W8A W9 W9S see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles W3 see p. 104-107 W9A NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door BIRAIN glass detail, white (W7S, W8S, W9S) ASTRO glass detail (W1S–W6S) Glass detail white matt (W1A–W9A) n COLOURS VENEERED The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection III RETRO - oak veneer 334 340 404 405 European oak ebony dark walnut light walnut The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 45 deco Lux, Lux Soft, Lux Soft Vario R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with natural veneer, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer ∙∙DECO Lux - profiled frame ∙∙DECO Lux Soft - semi-round frame n GLAZING ∙∙The DECO Lux, DECO Lux Soft standard, ornamental (colourless kura ornamental glazing) or clear transparent glass, 4 mm thick ∙∙The DECO Lux Soft Vario standard, ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered, colourless kura glazing VERSION 03 SD n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA, VII collection – adjustable screw-in pivot type; collection I, II, III – screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock (WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 46 n FRAMES DUO DUO DUO fixed frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO Duo (DI) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n Deco Lux, Deco Lux Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Size “110” (glazing decoration as in “90”) Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard 00 02 SM 03 SD Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (all models except door leaves with ventilation trim) 02 S6 COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer n Deco Lux Soft Vario DOOR LEAVES (versions) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Reinforcement for door closer Ventilation trim Tempered glass (applies to 1 glass pane): Version 03SD, 02S6, D01 Version BS, D03 Version C, 02SM Varnished oak threshold for single leaf doors BS1 BS2 BS3 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options BS4 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer see p. 104-107 see p. 6-7 DUO non-rebated version SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 C01 C02 C03 D01 D03 COLOURS: collection I, II, III, VII, Retro – oak veneer, LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer n COLOURS n FRAME PROFILES The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection I 311 light oak NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door collection II 312 323 Swiss pine rustic oak collection III 326 332 beech maple 334 DECO Lux European oak collection VII NEW 370 NEW 371 white-stained truffle oak oak NEW 372 coffee oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash NEW 382 rubio ash NEW 383 negro ash LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 421 422 DECO Lux Soft, DECO Lux Soft Vario 424 ebony dark walnut light walnut cappucino mokka teak The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 47 NOSTRE R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, covered with the LAMISTONE, SILKSTONE surface ∙∙Decorative spatial moulding on the leaf surface ∙∙The core made of solid chipboard n GLAZING n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame ∙∙Standard: white matt, 4 mm thick ∙∙Version 0SD, 03SD, 01SD Tempered glass pane, white matt, 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or for bathroom lock ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ” - option available at extra charge - “100“ (glass pane dimension as in “90”) ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 48 Fixed wooden frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n NOSTRE DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf “60”-“80” Maximum shortening of door up to 100 mm (symmetrical shortening from the top side and from the bottom side by 50 mm each) Size “100” (decoration as in “90”) Reinforcement for door closer Protection of the bottom rail and stile set against excessive humidity (all models except door leaves with ventilation trim) 00 0SD 01 01SM 01SD Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options 02S1 02S3 03 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles 02 see p. 104-107 03SD Frame profile NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door 04 04S1 04S3 n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge white matt Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 276 279 284 288 294 295 296 297 Polish oak Brazilian nut tree n GLAZING Siberian oak Royal maple Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 49 SEMPRE R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface ∙∙Pattern W00, W04: panels with vertical wood grain ∙∙Pattern W02-W02A, W03-W03A: panels with horizontal wood grain n GLAZING n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO ∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table for details) n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE GLAZING CHART PATTERN / GLASS TYPE pattern 04 - 6 mm thick pattern W01; W05 - tempered glass, 4 mm thick pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick COLOURS white matt 258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296 x 263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297 293 50 Metal adjustable or fixed frame brown matt graphite satin X X n SEMPRE DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) W00 W01 W04 see p. 104107 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system W05 Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W02P W02 W02s1 W02s2 W02S3 W02s4 W02A W03P W03 W03s1 W03S2 W03S3 W03s4 W03A Panel – horizontal wood grain Cross rail – horizontal wood grain NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE 276 Polish oak 279 Brazilian nut tree n DOOR CROSS SECTION Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 284 Siberian oak 288 Royal maple 292 Royal chestnut Sempre version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A 293 Royal anthracite 294 295 296 297 Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 51 SEMPRE Alu R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish ∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain; decorative aluminium strips n GLAZING ∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table) n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame DUO POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Alu GLAZING CHART PATTERN / GLASS TYPE pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick COLOURS white matt 258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296 x 263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297 293 52 Metal adjustable or fixed frame brown matt graphite satin X X n SEMPRE Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” W02P W02 Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options W02s1 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W02S2 W02S3 W02s4 W02A Decorative aluminium strips Panel – horizontal wood grain Cross rail – horizontal wood grain W03P W03 W03s1 W03S2 W03S3 W03s4 W03A NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS LAMISTONE 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE 276 Polish oak 279 Brazilian nut tree n DOOR CROSS SECTION Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 284 Siberian oak 288 Royal maple 292 Royal chestnut Sempre Alu version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A 293 Royal anthracite 294 295 296 297 Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 53 SEMPRE Onda R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with the SILKSTONE, LAMISTONE CPL surface finish, panels with textured surface n GLAZING ∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table) ∙∙VERSION W01, W02: tempered glass: white matt, brown matt n FRAMES DUO DUO fixed frame DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”, “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Duo (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Onda GLAZING CHART PATTERN pattern W03, W04, W05, W07, W08 pattern W01, W02 GLASS TYPE 4 mm thick 4 mm thick tempered COLOURS white matt 258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296 x brown matt 54 white matt brown matt graphite Satin x 293 263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297 graphite Satin x x x x n SEMPRE Onda DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W00 W01 W02 W03 Structured surface W04 W05 W07 W08 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS LAMISTONE n DOOR CROSS SECTION Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. CPL Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. Textured panel 258 white 260 white oak SILKSTONE 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 276 279 284 288 294 295 296 297 Polish oak Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak Royal maple 292 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with the SILKSTONE, LAMISTONE CPL surface finish 293 Royal chestnut Royal anthracite Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 55 SEMPRE Lux R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered surface ∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain n GLAZING ∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table) n FRAMES DUO DUO DUO fixed frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Duo (DI) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Lux GLAZING CHART PATTERN / GLASS TYPE pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick COLOURS white matt 311, 312, 323, 334, 332, 370, 371, 380, 381, 382, 383, 611 X brown matt graphite satin X 350 351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621 56 pattern W04 - 6 mm thick pattern W01; W05 - tempered glass, 4 mm thick X n SEMPRE Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” W00 W01 W04 Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options W05 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W02P W02 W02s1 W02s2 W02S3 W02s4 W02A Cross rail - horizontal wood grain, panel - horizontal wood grain Cross rail - horizontal wood grain, panel - horizontal wood grain W03P W03 W03s1 W03s2 W03S3 W03s4 W03A NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS VENEERED n DOOR CROSS SECTION The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 323 Swiss pine rustic oak collection III 332 maple collection IV 334 350 European oak collection VI 351 graphite marrone SAHARA A 621 KONGO A RETRO – oak veneer 404 nero collection VII NEW 611 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface finish 352 405 370 NEW 371 NEW 372 white-stained truffle oak coffee oak oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 421 422 NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash NEW 382 rubio ash NEW 383 negro ash Sempre Lux version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A 424 dark walnut light walnut cappucino mokka teak The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 57 SEMPRE Lux Alu R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered surface ∙∙Panels with horizontal wood grain; decorative aluminium strips n GLAZING ∙∙Exchangeable: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (see the glazing table) n FRAMES DUO DUO DUO fixed frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90 Duo (DI) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Lux Alu GLAZING CHART PATTERN / GLASS TYPE white matt 311, 312, 323, 334, 332, 370, 371, 380, 381, 382, 383, 611 X brown matt graphite satin X 350 351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621 58 pattern W02-W02A; W03-W03A - 4 mm thick COLOURS X n SEMPRE Lux Alu DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” W02P W02 Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options W02s1 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W02S2 W02S3 W03P W03 W02s4 W02A W03s1 W03S2 W03S3 W03s4 W03A NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS VENEERED n DOOR CROSS SECTION The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 323 Swiss pine rustic oak collection III 332 maple collection IV 334 350 European oak collection VI 351 graphite marrone SAHARA A 621 KONGO A RETRO – oak veneer 404 nero collection VII NEW 611 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface finish 352 405 370 NEW 371 NEW 372 white-stained truffle oak coffee oak oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 421 422 NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash NEW 382 rubio ash NEW 383 negro ash Sempre Lux Alu version W02P-W02A, W03P-W03A 424 dark walnut light walnut cappucino mokka teak The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 59 SEMPRE Inserto R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with veneered surface, panels with textured surface n FRAMES DUO DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: European oak ∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut DUO fixed frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 60 Duo (DI) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Inserto DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W01 W02 Veneered cross rail, textured panel W03 W04 Textured panel, glass pane W05 Textured panel NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS n DOOR CROSS SECTION The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED Veneered cross rail collection III Textured panel 334 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface finish European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 405 ebony dark walnut light walnut The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 61 SEMPRE Sense R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered surface, panels with deep wood structure surface n FRAMES DUO DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak ∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut ∙∙Standard: graphite satin glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: Sense graphite DUO fixed frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 62 Duo (DI) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Sense DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation see p. 130-133 options see p. 142-145 Handles W01 W02 W03 W04 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version Panels with deep wood texture W05 W06 W07 W08 Panels with deep wood texture NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door n COLOURS n DOOR CROSS SECTION The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED Veneered cross rail collection IV Panel with deep wood structure surface 353 Sense graphite Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface finish collection V 431 432 433 natural oak medium walnut black walnut The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 63 SEMPRE Gravi R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO NEW n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with veneered surface, cross rails and panel - surface veneered with natural 3D effect oak veneer n FRAMES DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt 4 mm thick glass in the colour of: European oak ∙∙Standard: brown matt 4 mm thick glass in the colour of: ebony, bright walnut, dark walnut DUO fixed frame DUO DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO n STANDARD ACCESSORIES REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (complete set including door leaf with wooden or DIN door frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 pcs; “90” – 3 pcs) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated (WK), for bathroom lock (WC) - spacing: 90 mm; for door lock cylinder (WB) - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 pcs) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙Single leaf type: “60”,“70”, “80”, “90” ∙∙Double leaf type: “60+60”, “60+70”, “60+80”, “60+90”, “70+70”, “70+80”, “70+90”, “80+80”, “80+90”, “90+90” 64 DUO (DI) adjustable frame DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. Metal adjustable or fixed frame n SEMPRE Gravi DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” +20% Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; +20% - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, see p. 104-107 the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version n GLAZING W01 W02 W03 white matt W04 W05 brown matt W06 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door SEMPRE GRAVI surface texture n COLOURS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection III 334 European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 405 ebony dark walnut light walnut The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 65 SEMPRE Verse R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with veneered surface or the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface n FRAMES DUO DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Exchangeable: Decormat white tempered glass, Decormat brown, graphite satin (only patterns W01-W04, see the glazing table) ∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white, brown (only patterns W06, W08), white (only patterns W07) ∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white matt, brown matt, graphite satin (only pattern W05) ∙∙Exchangeable - tempered glass: white pane (only pattern W01-W04) n STANDARD EQUIPMENT REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door in the colours of RETRO/ LIMBA/ collection IV (a complete set including: a door leaf and a wooden or a DIN frame - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered doors: collection I, II, III, LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE (a complete set including: a door leaf and a wooden or a DIN frame - screw-in pivot type; leaves (for standard metal frames) screw-in pivot type (“70”, “80”- 2 units, “90”- 3 units) ∙∙Hinges: screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (DUO non-rebated system) (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 66 DUO fixed frame DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable frame DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame DUO Duo (DI) adjustable frame Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n SEMPRE Verse GLAZING CHART PATTERN / GLASS TYPE COLOURS pattern W01,W02,W03,W04 - pattern W05 - tempered glass, tempered glass, 4mm thick 6mm thick Decormat Decormat graphite white matt white brown satin brown matt graphite satin 258, 260, 276, 284, 288, 294, 296, 311, 312, x x 323, 334, 370, 371, 380, 381, 382, 383, 611 263, 265, 279, 292, 295, 297, X X 351, 352, 372, 404, 405, 421, 422, 424, 621 293, 350 X X Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently from white matt glass and brown matt glass. n SEMPRE Verse DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm (not applicable to W05-W08) - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Third hinge in the door leaf (“70”, “80”) (not applicable to DUO) Ventilation trim (applicable to W05) W03P W01 W02 W03 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options W04 see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version Pattern W05-W08 availability of a leaf with a non-standard height: 1970 mm n GLAZING – white, brown W05 W06 W07 W01 Decormat white, Decormat brown, graphite satin W08 W05 white matt, brown matt, graphite satin W02-W04 Decormat white, Decormat brown, graphite satin NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated/non-rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated/non-rebated door W06 - BIRAIN white W07 - BLUR W08 - staccatto Versions W08, white / brown; W06, W07 white See the glazing specification - p. 131 n COLOURS CPL Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. LAMISTONE 258 Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 260 white white oak 263 premium walnut n DOOR CROSS SECTION 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. SILKSTONE 276 279 284 288 292 293 294 295 296 297 Polish oak Royal anthracite Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak Rail and stile set made of glued laminated wood, topped with two flush HDF boards with veneered surface finish or the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish Royal chestnut The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I light oak Royal maple Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat VENEERED 311 312 Swiss pine collection II collection III collection IV 323 334 350 rustic oak European oak graphite collection VI 351 marrone collection VII NEW 370 Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently from white matt glass and brown matt glass. NEW 371 NEW 372 NEW 380 NEW 381 NEW 382 611 352 SAHARA A nero SEMPRE Verse version W03P, W01, W02, W03, W04 621 KONGO A RETRO – oak veneer LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 404 421 NEW 383 405 dark walnut light walnut white-stained truffle oak coffee oak natural ash moreno ash rubio ash negro ash oak The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak 67 SAHARA, KONGO R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙VERSION A, B, C: a wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with natural veneer in the colours of: white oak, wenge, the core made of perforated chipboard ∙∙VERSION D: rail and stile set made of laminated pine wood with milled MDF panel; veneered rails, stiles and panels n GLAZING n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame ∙∙Ornamental glass (point-s), 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS n CORES (version A, B, C) ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 68 Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Perforated chipboard Solid chipboard (option) n SAHARA, KONGO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model SAHARA Core made of solid chipboard (version A, B, C) Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version A, B, C) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) (version A, B, C) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Available door shortening: up to 70 mm (version D) Available door shortening: up to 100 mm (version A, B, C) Reinforcement for door closer (version A, B, C) KONGO A B C D S0 D S1 D S2 D S3 D S4 Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door Sliding in-wall system, on-wall see p. 104-107 system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes (version see p. 130-133 A, B, C), ventilation options see p. 142-145 Handles NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door collection VI SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 (only versions A, B, C) n DOOR CROSS SECTION VERSION D VERSION A SAHARA 611 MDF panel covered with natural veneer VERSION A KONGO 621 Pine wood door frame covered with natural veneer VERSION B SAHARA 612 VERSION B KONGO 622 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer VERSION C, D SAHARA 613 VERSION C, D KONGO 623 The ETIUDA Lux model is available in the above specified colours (veneer with horizontal wood grain) - see p. 22 VENEERED WITH MILLED PANEL (VERSION D) The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 69 QUATTRO Soft R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and panels n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental (point-s) glass, 4 mm thick; ∙∙RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 70 Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n QUATTRO Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Size “110” Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door 00 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, ventilation options S1 see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles S2 S3 S4 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n DOOR CROSS SECTION n COLOURS VENEERED The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak Pine wood door frame covered with natural veneer collection II 312 326 Swiss pine beech 323 rustic oak Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer collection III 332 maple 334 European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 MDF panel covered with natural veneer 404 LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 421 422 ebony dark walnut light walnut cappucino mokka The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 424 teak 71 INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and panels n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick ∙∙The POL-SKONE System wooden muntin bars DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” The INTERSOLID Soft frame profile 72 n INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID Soft DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Size “110” Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) 01 01 S6 02 02 S6 03 Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm 03 S6 Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door 04 04 S8 05 05 S8 06 The INTERSOLID frame profile 06 S8 The INTERSOLID Soft frame profile n PORTHOLES (available for flush doors) Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass BMD PORTHOLE 07 07 S10 08 08 S10 09 09 S10 View from the hinge side Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm n COLOURS VENEERED n DOOR CROSS SECTIONS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 326 Swiss pine beech maple ebony MDF panel covered with natural veneer 323 rustic oak Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer 334 European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 INTERSOLID Soft Pine wood door frame covered with natural veneer collection III 332 INTERSOLID 404 dark walnut LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 424 teak 73 INTERSOLID II R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, milled panel - veneered rails, stiles and panels n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick ∙∙The POL-SKONE System wooden muntin bars DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 74 Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n INTERSOLID II DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Size “100” Size “110” Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 70 mm 01 01 S6 02 02 S6 03 03 S6 Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, portholes (not applicable to versions 10, 11), ventilation options 04 S8 05 05 S8 06 06 S8 07 07 S10 08 08 S10 09 09 S10 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS VENEERED light oak maple 312 326 Swiss pine beech ebony 10 S6* 11* 11 S8* *available with the width “80” and “90” n PORTHOLES (adaptable for flush doors except for pattern 10, 11) Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass BMD PORTHOLE 323 rustic oak View from the hinge side Ø 240, 320, 350, 400 mm n DOOR CROSS SECTION MDF panel covered with natural veneer 334 European oak Pine wood door frame covered with natural veneer RETRO – oak veneer 340 10* collection II collection III 332 The INTERSOLID II frame profile The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles 04 see p. 104-107 404 dark walnut LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 424 Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer teak 75 VITTORIA-W R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or bathroom lock ∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA doors (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered door, collection I, II, III (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) – screw-in pivot type; door leaves for standard metal frames – screw-in pivot (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units, “90” – 3 units) To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS n CORES ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 76 Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame “Honeycomb” Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n VITTORIA-W DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Reinforcement for door closer Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door 00 01S6* 01S10* Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system see p. 104-106 Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles see p. 142-145 *not applicable to “60” SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door The VITTORIA-W decoration strip profile The VITTORIA-W frame profile n COLOURS VENEERED The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 326 Swiss pine beech 323 rustic oak collection III 332 maple 334 European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 421 422 ebony dark walnut light walnut cappucino mokka The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 424 teak 77 VENA, GRAND Lux, MILENIUM Lux R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards covered with natural veneer, the core made of honeycomb-like stabilizing layer n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: natural veneers, collection I, II, III – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA – ornamental glass (colourless kura ornamental glazing), 4 mm thick DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated, for cylinder or bathroom lock ∙∙Hinges: the RETRO, LIMBA doors (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; veneered door, collection I, II, III (the complete set includes door leaf and wooden or DIN door frame) – screw-in pivot type; door leaves for standard metal frames – screw-in pivot (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units, “90” – 3 units) To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS n CORES ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 78 Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame “Honeycomb” Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n VENA DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard Adjustable pivot hinges, third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Reinforcement for door closer 00 01SM 01SD 01S6 01S10 Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 100 mm Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door n GRAND Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system see p. 104-106 Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, ventilation options, portholes see p. 130-133 Handles see p. 142-145 SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 00 02SM 02SD 02S6 02S10 n MILENIUM Lux DOOR LEAVES (versions) The MILENIUM Lux decoration strip profile The GRAND Lux frame profile 00 The VENA frame profile n COLOURS VENEERED The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I 311 light oak collection II 312 326 Swiss pine beech RETRO – oak veneer 340 ebony 404 dark walnut NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door collection III 332 323 334 maple rustic oak European oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 79 ARGENT R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush HDF boards covered with natural veneer in the colours of: white oak, wenge, the core made of perforated chipboard ∙∙Decorative aluminium strips n FRAMES n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (the complete set incl. door leaf and wooden or DIN frame) – adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) – screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” – 2 units; “90” – 3 units) DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n CORES Perforated chipboard 80 Solid chipboard (option) n ARGENT DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Core made of solid chipboard Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 50 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Rail and stile set (it allows shortening the door leaf to 90 mm on a do-it-yourself basis) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening to 100 mm (the door leaf is shortened from its bottom edge) Reinforcement for door closer W01 W02 Ventilation trim W03 Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system auxiliary accessories: hinge caps, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles SOUNDPROOF DOOR - see p. 98-101 W07 W08 W09 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS COLLECTION VI VENEER IN THE COLOUR OF KONGO 622 612 623 613 VENEER IN THE COLOUR OF SAHARA The ETIUDA Lux model is available in the above specified colours (veneer with horizontal wood grain) - see p. 22 The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 81 NOBLE I / NOBLE II NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM NOBLE DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Non-rebated system (NOBLE) or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, textured panel, decorative aluminium coupler (NOBLE I) n FRAMES NOBLE NOBLE DUO DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: European oak ∙∙Standard: brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut ∙∙For safety reasons, we recommend to use tempered glass – version W04 (NOBLE I) NOBLE (NB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO n STANDARD EQUIPMENT NOBLE NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. NOBLE DUO n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” Non-rebated hinge 82 Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge n NOBLE I DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available shortening of door and door frame: up to 60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted) Ventilation trim Tempered glass (price of 1 glass pane): white matt, brown matt (NOBLE I) W01 W02 W03 white matt, brown matt (extra charge added to the door leaf price) (applicable to versions W04, W09) (NOBLE II) white matt, brown matt (extra charge for 1 glass pane) – applicable to other glazed versions (NOBLE II) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system W04 n NOBLE II DOOR LEAVES (versions) see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles see p. 142-145 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the NOBLE nonrebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the NOBLE non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door W01 W02 W03 W04 W05 NOBLE W06 W07 W08 W09 Non-rebated lower hinge n COLOURS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection III 334 Textured panel European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 405 ebony dark walnut light walnut Magnetic mortise lock The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 83 PASSO / PASSO Alto NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM FIESTA DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, topped with two flush HDF boards covered with natural veneer or with the LAMISTONE CPL surface finish n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” n GLAZING PASSO ∙∙VERSION W02, W03, W04, W05: white matt glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge ∙∙VERSION W06, W07: white pane tempered glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; Decormat brown tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge PASSO Alto ∙∙VERSION W02, W03, W04, W05, W06: white matt glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge ∙∙VERSION W07, W08, W09: white pane tempered glass, 4 mm thick in the colours of: white, Swiss pine, maple, European oak, white oak; Decormat brown tempered glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut, cappuccino, mocha, teak, premium walnut, wenge n FRAMES FIESTA FIESTA DUO DUO FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. FIESTA DUO Non-rebated hinge Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge n STANDARD EQUIPMENT FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM PASSO ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) PASSO Alto ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“70”, “80”, “90” - 3 units) 84 n PASSO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to 60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted) - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Ventilation trim W01 W02 W03 Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles on a split plate see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W04 W05 W06 n PASSO Alto DOOR LEAVES (versions) W07 THE STANDARD IS HIGHER BY 20 CM Magnetic lock W01 W02 W03 W04 Wide panels W05 W06 W07 W08 W09 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door Note! The DECORMAT white glass and DECORMAT brown glass look differently from white matt glass and brown matt glass. Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 258 white 260 white oak 263 premium walnut RETRO – oak veneer 340 ebony 404 dark walnut 265 The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection I collection III 312 wenge Swiss pine 332 maple 334 PASSO Alto VENEERED** CPL PASSO LAMISTONE* 200 mm n COLOURS European oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak *Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible.**The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 85 CALYPSO NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM FIESTA DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, panel with deep wood texture n FRAMES FIESTA FIESTA DUO DUO FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable frame n STANDARD EQUIPMENT FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. FIESTA DUO Non-rebated hinge Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 86 n CALYPSO DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to 60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted) - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles on a split plate see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W01 W02 W03 W04 W05 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door Magnetic lock n COLOURS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection V 431 432 433 natural oak medium walnut black walnut Wide architraves Panels with deep wood texture The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 87 SABIA NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM FIESTA DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural oak veneer, panel with deep wood texture n FRAMES FIESTA FIESTA DUO DUO FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut n STANDARD EQUIPMENT FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DIN Duo (ZD) adjustable frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. FIESTA DUO Non-rebated hinge Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 88 n SABIA DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available shortening of the door and the door frame: up to 60 mm (a set including only a shorter door leaf and the standard door frame is not available due to the way in which the lower hinge is fitted) - Door shorter by 20 mm – shortened from the bottom; - Door shorter by 30-60 mm – symmetrically shortened (the upper and the lower element of the door has a non-standard height) Ventilation trim Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: ventilation options see p. 130-133 Handles on a split plate see p. 142-145 see p. 6-7 Duo non-rebated version W01 W02 W03 Deep wood texture NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door Magnetic lock n COLOURS The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED collection V 431 432 433 natural oak medium walnut black walnut Wide architraves Panels with deep wood texture The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 89 FORM R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated oak wood, the panel covered with natural oak veneer n FRAMES n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: safe matt glass, 6 mm thick, the POLSKONE System oak muntin bars ∙∙Porthole: LAKOMAT glass, 4 mm thick n STANDARD EQUIPMENT DIN (ZP) adjustable frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame ∙∙Single-point mortise lock, spacing: 72 mm, key-operated (WK), for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) ∙∙Hinges: door (complete set incl. door leaf with wooden and DIN door frame) - adjustable screw-in pivot type; door leaves (for standard metal door frames) - screw-in pivot type (“60”, “70”, “80” - 2 units, “90” - 3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 90 Model 2000 (ZM) adjustable frame RETRO (ZR) adjustable frame Q-SYSTEM (ZJ) adjustable frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. n FORM DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Third hinge in the door leaf (“60”, “70”, “80”) Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm Ventilation trim Varnished oak threshold for a single leaf door Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system Additional accessories: hinge caps, optional glazing, ventilation options see p. 104-107 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 Handles FM 00 FM MB FM DB FM BB The FORM frame profile n PORTHOLES (adaptable for flush doors) Colours: stainless steel (matt) - lacomat glass BMD PORT HOLE FM 1D FM S3 FM S4 pattern porthole FM MB Ø 240 mm Ø 320 mm Ø 350 mm FM DB FM BB NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door n COLOURS View from the hinge side Ø 240, 320, 350 Ø 400 mm* *after consultation with the Sales Department n DOOR CROSS SECTION The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED Panel covered with natural oak veneer collection III Wooden door frame covered with natural oak veneer 334 European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 404 405 ebony dark walnut light walnut Oak rail and stile set covered with natural oak veneer The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours of veneers may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 91 L-PROJEKT NON-REBATED SYSTEM DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, topped with two flush HDF boards, covered with HPL laminated surface ∙∙Core: perforated chipboard (S0), solid chipboard (S1-S6); door leaf edge protected with aluminium strip (colour: brushed anode) or natural oak veneer strip n FRAMES DUO Covered with CPL laminate, 0.15 mm, in the colour of grey 222, anthracite CPL 821 or natural oak 334 veneer DUO n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: white matt glass, 4 mm thick ∙∙Aluminium edge n STANDARD EQUIPMENT DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“80”-2 units and “90”-3 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “80”; “90” ∙∙Double leaf door (leaf edges are finished with natural oak veneer, flush connection of the door leaves): “80”+”40”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“40”; “90”+“90” ∙∙Option: an additional flush “40” segment (the full leaf price) – quantity of hinges: 2 or 3 units (as in the main leaf) Duo (FP) adjustable frame Duo fixed frame To get full product and technical information about frames, see pages 112-127. DUO ∙∙CPL grey laminate (222), CPL anthracite (821) - door leaf edge protected with aluminium strip ∙∙natural oak veneer (334) - door leaf edge protected with natural oak veneer strip Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge 92 n L-PROJEKT DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Maximum available door shortening: to 60 mm Bottom rail and stile set protection against excessive moisture impact (not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim) Sliding in-wall system, sliding on-wall system Additional accessories: ventilation options Handles on a split plate S0 S1 S2 see p. 104-106 see p. 130-133 see p. 142-145 S3 S4 S5 S6 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: price of door leaf basic version + extra charge according to the colour table + price of the DUO adjustable door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x (price of door leaf in basic version + extra charge according to the colour table) + price of the DUO adjustable door frame for double leaf door n BASIC COLOURS NEW CPL laminate 0.2 basic version 222 grey 821 anthracite K1238 F7912 F7927 F2253 0901PI 0901-WG 9417-WG 4447-6 L-P 5S L-P 14 L-P 7S L-P 17 L-P 8S L-P 18 L-P 9S L-P 21 Height GLOSS n OPTIONAL COLOURS K1238 AR+ L-P 5G 0901-HW L-P 9G 9417-HW L-P 20G The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible. 93 VERTO NON-REBATED NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM FIESTA DUO n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Non-rebated system (FIESTA) or the DUO non-rebated system ∙∙Rail and stile set made of laminated wood, covered with natural veneer or with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface n GLAZING n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Ventilation trim (only I, VI glass panels) Additional decorative component for VERTO leaves – 2 strips in the colour of aluminium on each side, fitted on the stile along glazing ∙∙Tempered glass in the colour of white or brown, 6 mm thick ∙∙Clear side from the hinge side (ornament on the side opposite to the hinge side) Sliding in-wall system, on-wall system, the Premium system see p. 104-107 Additional accessories: handles on a split plate see p. 142-145 n STANDARD EQUIPMENT Duo non-rebated version FIESTA NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Magnetic mortise lock (colour: chrome - satin), key-operated WK, for bathroom lock WC - spacing: 90 mm; for cylinder WB - spacing: 85 mm ∙∙Non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM ∙∙Hidden non-rebated hinges (“60”, “70”, “80”, “90” - 2 units) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “60”+“70”; “60”+“80”; “60”+“90”; “70”+“70”; “70”+“80”; “70”+“90”; “80”+“80”; “80”+“90”; “90”+“90” 94 see p. 6-7 n FRAMES FIESTA FIESTA DUO DUO FIESTA (FB) adjustable frame Non-rebated fixed wooden frame DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO DIN DUO (ZD) adjustable frame FIESTA DUO Non-rebated hinge Non-rebated adjustable hidden hinge n VERTO DOOR LEAVES (versions) Special aluminium component in the sliding system Sliding system I VI XX Ventilation trim NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for single leaf door Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of the FIESTA adjustable non-rebated door frame or price of the DUO non-rebated door frame for double leaf door n SZKLENIE 0102 GLASS PANEL I 0102 GLASS PANEL VI Satin XX COLOURLESS n COLOURS LAMISTONE* CPL Surface finish with coating SILKSTONE* which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 258 white 260 white oak premium walnut 265 276 wenge Polish oak NEW 332 limba 334 maple European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 ebony 404 284 Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak 288 Royal maple 292 293 294 NEW NEW Royal chestnut Royal anthracite 295 296 297 Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat collection VII collection III 312 279 The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. VENEERED** collection I 263 Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. dark walnut 405 light walnut 370 NEW 371 white-stained truffle oak oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 421 cappucino 422 mokka * Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames and edges are possible. **The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. NEW 372 coffee oak NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash 382 rubio ash 383 negro ash 424 teak 95 LUMEN n DOOR FRAME ∙∙Adjustable, LUMEN system, available in the colours of: ECO TOP, LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE, painted, laminated and varnished Single leaf doors width type (So) (Sd) (Ss) (Sop) “60” 676 646 617 746 “70” 776 746 717 846 “80” 876 846 817 946 “90” 976 946 917 1046 height: (Ho) 2053, (Hd) 2043, (Hs) 2017, (Hop) 2093 n GLAZING ∙∙Tempered glass in the colour of white or brown, 8 mm thick ∙∙Clear side from the hinge side (ornament on the side opposite to the hinge side) n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙Single leaf door: “60” (not applicable to panels X-XVIII); “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The LUMEN door leaf suits the LUMEN adjustable frame ∙∙The LUMEN model is available only in the standard catalogue dimensions Ss, Hs – door leaf dimensions Sd, Hd – door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave LUMEN (ZL) adjustable frame HIGH TOP angular architrave 60 mm weather strip MDF door frame LUMEN white foil for painted doors PAINTED white 000* ECO TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE natural veneers RETRO, LIMBA, collections SAHARA, KONGO, I,II,III collection VII wood look-alike laminate ZL - level of adjustment (mm) 75-300 Ss Sd So Sop plain side from the hinge side 96 *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT n LUMEN DOOR LEAVES (versions) Extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model DORMA Studio Arcos - small lock, for cylinder (WB) or for bathroom lock (WC) Ventilation trim (only I, V, VI glass panels) Ventilation trim Hinge I V VI Price of single leaf door: glass panel price + hardware price (door handle, lock and hinge) + adjustable door frame price LUMEN (ZL) n GLAZING 0102 GLASS PANEL I 0102 GLASS PANEL V 0102 GLASS PANEL VI Satin n HARDWARE DORMA HARDWARE aluminium EV1-Deco 114 handle + small lock + hinges handle + wb + hinges handle + wc + hinges aluminium stainless steel 107 The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. 97 SOUNDPROOF DOORS R E B AT E D SYSTEM n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE (TYPE A) ∙∙Door leaf in non-rebated system, door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set made of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board, the core made of solid chipboard, door leaf provided with a drop seal ∙∙Applicability of aluminium finish elements n SPECIFICATIONS With a metal frame – class 27 dB With a wooden frame – class 27 dB With the DIN adjustable frame – class 27 dB n ADDITIONAL INFORMATION n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE (TYPE B)* ∙∙Rebated system door leaf, the door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set made of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board, the core made of special POL-SKONE structure, the door leaf provided with a drop seal n SPECIFICATIONS With a metal frame – class 32 dB With a wooden frame – class 32 dB With the DIN adjustable frame – class 37 dB n ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ∙∙Technical Approval by ITB: AT - 15-6411/2014 ∙∙Technical Approval by ITB: AT - 15-6411/2014 *The TYPE B soundproof door is not available for the ASTRO and Astro Lux models FULL PORTFOLIO OF TECHNICAL DOORS, including fire protection, sound insulation and smoke control doors, is available in the DEVELOPMENTS/PROJECTS catalogue. 98 n SOUNDPROOF DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT ∙∙Antipanic lever ∙∙Surface mounted door closer ∙∙Electronic locks ∙∙Electric door strike (reverse or averse action) ∙∙Decors ∙∙Plates with access control systems n ACCESSORIES ∙∙Mortise lock ∙∙Three pivot adjustable hinges n FRAMES DIN (ZP) adjustable frame Fixed wooden frame Metal adjustable or fixed frame Soundproof door price: = door leaf price + door frame price 00 POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication n COLOURS Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. ECO TOP 120 121 white 122 oak 137 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut 139 Palermo walnut southern oak 140 CPL 0,2 mm Salinas oak 125 common walnut 142 white pine 131 132 maple 133 nut 820 dark oak Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear 258 and impact of chemical agents. white Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 136 British oak dark acacia NEW 143 144 Scandinavian oak bright aralia 145 dark aralia 263 premium walnut 146 Italian walnut 260 white oak 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. SILKSTONE The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department 221 222 beech 223 grey cherry tree 229 821 oak anthracite 276 279 284 288 294 295 296 297 Polish oak 863 premium walnut Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak 292 Royal maple 293 Royal chestnut Royal anthracite NEW 920 251 white beech 252 259 oak 921 grey anthracite Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat 965 wenge Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; K1238 AR+ 0901-HW 9417-HW 4447-6 available finishes: L-P 5G L-P 9G L-P 20G L-P 21 matt or gloss. The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection IV collection II collection III HIGH TOP PAINTED*** HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used VENEERED collection I 311 light oak 312 326 limba beech 323 332 rustic oak 350 334 maple European oak NEW 129 chestnut 138 147 NEW 371 NEW 372 NEW 380 NEW 381 NEW 382 148 premium oak patina ash 000 coffee ash 611 352 marrone SAHARA A nero RETRO – oak veneer NEW NEW collection VI 351 graphite collection VII 370 135 CPL NEW white CPL 0,5 mm* 141 dark ash LAMINATED HPL* 124 LAMISTONE 621 KONGO A white colours of RAL (NCS s0500-N) and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer NEW 383 340 404 white-stained truffle oak coffee oak natural ash moreno ash rubio ash negro ash ebony dark walnut oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak 99 DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS NON-REBATED SYSTEM DUO n PURPOSE Side-hung doors are designed to be used in buildings as interior doors which close openings in interior walls between rooms. n SPECIFICATIONS Acoustic insulation, Type A DUO: ∙∙with wooden door frame (the fixed DUO frame or the adjustable DUO frame) - single and double leaf doors – class: 27 dB Acoustic insulation, Type B DUO: ∙∙with wooden door frame (the fixed DUO frame or the adjustable DUO frame) - single leaf doors – class: 37 dB - double leaf door – class 32 dB [the specific acoustic insulation coefficient obtained while testing the “90+90” door: RW(C, Ctr)=36 (-1,-2) dB] Mechanical class: mechanical resistance requirement class 2, i.e. average service conditions n DOOR DIMENSIONS Wooden fixed DUO frame or adjustable DUO frame: ∙∙Dimensions: max. width of the “90” single door – 993 mm, max. height: 2500 mm ∙∙Dimensions: max. width of the “90+90” double door – 1908 mm, max. height: 2500 mm The additional fees for non-standard door heights are accessible in the technical door price list. 100 n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE Non-rebated system door leaf. The door leaf structure consists of a rail and stile set made of coniferous wood, topped with HDF board on both sides. The Type A core is made of solid chipboard, the Type B core is the special POL-SKONE structure. The rated thickness of the door leaf is 40 mm. n DOOR LEAF FINISH Plain surface, painted, veneered, covered with the 0,2 to 0,7 mm thick CPL laminate, the 0,7 to 1 mm thick HPL laminate or wood-alike foil. n DOOR FRAME ∙∙Pine wood fixed DUO frame – optionally with masking strips, a quarter round or the wooden adjustable DUO frame with widening panels and architraves. ∙∙The door frame is painted, veneered or covered with a foil matching the colour of the door leaf. n ACCESSORIES Standard equipment ∙∙Hidden hinge (adjustable in 3 planes) - 2 pcs to the height of 2150 mm ∙∙Lock: - single leaf doors - a cylinder type magnetic lock or a key type magnetic lock - double leaf doors - a cylinder type lever tumbler lock or a key type lever tumbler lock ∙∙Drop seal FULL PORTFOLIO OF TECHNICAL DOORS, including fire protection, sound insulation and smoke control doors, is available in the DEVELOPMENTS/PROJECTS catalogue. n SOUNDPROOF DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions) n AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ∙∙Surface-mount or hidden door closer ∙∙Additional mortise or surface-mount lock ∙∙Surface-mount solenoid keepers supplied by ASSA ABLOY, DORMA or GEZE ∙∙Viewer n DOOR INSTALLATION ∙∙The door is to be installed by means of a fitting foam n FRAMES DUO DUO DUO fixed frame Duo (DI) adjustable frame DUO Soundproof door price = door leaf price + DUO door frame price 00 POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication n COLOURS ECO TOP HIGH TOP Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. NEW 120 121 white 122 oak 137 139 Palermo walnut southern oak 140 CPL 0,2 mm Salinas oak 125 common walnut 142 white pine 131 132 maple 133 nut 136 British oak 129 dark acacia NEW 143 144 Scandinavian oak bright aralia 145 820 147 premium oak patina ash LAMISTONE 148 coffee ash CPL Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 146 dark aralia 138 chestnut Italian walnut The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department 258 260 white 221 222 beech 223 grey cherry tree 229 821 oak anthracite 863 263 premium walnut Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. SILKSTONE premium walnut white oak 265 wenge NEW 920 251 white 252 beech collection I 311 light oak 312 921 grey anthracite 965 276 wenge Polish oak 279 284 Brazilian nut tree Siberian oak beech 323 332 rustic oak 334 maple European oak 350 351 graphite marrone 611 352 SAHARA A nero LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer collection VII NEW NEW 371 288 Royal maple Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; K1238 AR+ 0901-HW 9417-HW 4447-6 295 296 297 available finishes: 294 L-P 5G L-P 9G L-P 20G L-P 21 Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat matt or gloss. The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection II collection III collection IV collection VI 326 limba 259 oak HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used VENEERED 370 135 dark oak NEW white CPL 0,5 mm* 141 dark ash LAMINATED HPL* 124 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut NEW NEW 372 NEW 380 NEW 381 NEW 382 292 621 KONGO A RETRO – oak veneer NEW 383 421 422 white-stained truffle oak coffee oak natural ash moreno ash rubio ash negro ash cappucino mokka oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. 424 teak 340 ebony 404 293 Royal chestnut Royal anthracite dark walnut PAINTED*** 000 white colours of RAL (NCS s0500-N) and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). 405 light walnut 101 FOLDING DOORS n FRAMES MDF fixed frame Pol-Skone fixed frame DIN adjustable frame Pol-Skone adjustable frame In case when particular types of profiles are used, the passage will be reduced by: [mm] A Profile B Profile D Profile E Profile F Profile G Profile “60” 72 99 101 96 86 85 “70” 77 108 111 105 94 93 “80” 82 118 120 114 101 100 “90” 87 127 130 123 109 108 limited opening n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Rebated system, a wooden rail and stile set topped with two flush, laminated, veneered HDF boards ∙∙The core made of honeycomb-like stabilising layer, optionally: solid or perforated chipboard, no threshold n GLAZING ∙∙Standard: laminated and veneered door leaves - ornamental glass (colourless kura ornament) or clear (transparent) glass, 4 mm thick; ECO TOP, HIGH TOP surface finish – white matt glass, 4 mm thick; RETRO, LIMBA - ornamental glass (colourless kura ornament), 4 mm thick; door leaves with the LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE finish – white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: white, white oak, Polish oak, Royal ash tree, Polish ash tree; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: premium walnut, wenge, Royal chestnut, Royal merbau, Royal nougat; graphite satin glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: Royal anthracite; collection V - white matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: natural oak; brown matt glass, 4 mm thick, in the colours of: medium walnut, black walnut; painted door leaves - ornamental glass (colourless kura ornament) or white matt ∙∙Option: other types of glass n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Guide and hinges hidden in door leaf and screw-in pivot hinges ∙∙Folding door equipped with a plastic round handle n DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS ∙∙The single leaf type: “60”; “70”; “80”; “90” ∙∙The double leaf type: “60”+“60”; “70”+“70”; “80”+“80”; “90”+“90” 102 MDF fixed frame POL-SKONE fixed frame DIN adjustable frame POL-SKONE adjustable frame type (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sd) (So) (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sd) (So) “60” 689 709 794 689 709 646 676 746 695 715 (Sop) 798 “70” 789 809 894 789 809 746 776 846 795 815 898 “80” 889 909 994 889 909 846 876 946 895 915 998 “90” 989 1009 1094 989 1009 946 976 1046 995 1015 1098 “60”+“60” 1323 1343 1428 1323 1343 1280 1310 1380 1330 1350 1433 “70”+“70” 1523 1543 1628 1523 1543 1480 1510 1580 1530 1550 1633 “80”+“80” 1723 1743 1828 1723 1743 1680 1710 1780 1730 1750 1833 “90”+“90” 1923 1943 2028 1923 1943 1880 1910 1980 1930 1950 2033 height (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064 (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064 (Ho) 2069, (Hd) 2059, (Hop) 2093 (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067 Sp: 76; 142; 208; 274, (Hop) 2118 n CORES “Honeycomb” Perforated chipboard (option) Solid chipboard (option) n FOLDING DOORS DOOR LEAVES (versions) n ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT Available at extra charges added to the price of a chosen door leaf model Core made of perforated chipboard Core made of solid chipboard Single-point mortise lock, hook type, WB (while choosing a hook lock, it is required to order the 30x35 mm cylinder and the WB rose) (only for the single leaf door) see p. 131 Option: other types of glass Additional accessories: ventilation tubes, optional handles for folding door leaves see p. 130-133 Availability of a leaf with a non-standard height 00 D2 00 D2 NOTE: Price of single leaf door: door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for single leaf rebated door + extra charge Price of double leaf door: 2 x door leaf price + price of fixed or adjustable door frame for double leaf rebated door + extra charge DOUBLE LEAF DOOR EDGE PROFILES FOR GLAZED DOOR LEAVES SAHARA, KONGO INTER-AMBER, IMPULS, DECO, DECO Vario, DECO Lux Soft, DECO Lux Soft Vario, INTERSOLlD Soft, QUATTRO Soft, PROFILE B PROFILE A PLYTOWE PROFILE E PROFILE D DECO Lux, INTERSOLlD, VITTORIA, VENA, GRAND Lux, MILENIUM Lux left-hand door PROFILE F right-hand door PROFILE G CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux ASTOR SINGLE LEAF DOOR FIORD n COLOURS Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. ECO TOP HIGH TOP NEW 120 121 white 122 oak 137 139 Palermo walnut southern oak CPL 0,2 mm CPL 0,5 mm* 141 dark ash 221 white Salinas oak 222 beech common walnut 142 white pine 131 132 maple 133 nut 223 grey 920 251 252 beech 143 Scandinavian oak 144 bright aralia 821 oak HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used 259 oak 145 K1238 AR+ 0901-HW L-P 5G L-P 9G 9417-HW wenge 4447-6 L-P 20G L-P 21 PAINTED 258 white white (NCS s0500-N) Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; available finishes: matt or gloss. collection I collection II light oak 312 326 limba beech 323 rustic oak 332 maple collection IV 334 European oak 350 graphite marrone 352 nero 293 Royal anthracite collection V 431 natural oak LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer collection VII NEW 370 351 NEW 371 NEW 372 NEW 380 NEW 381 NEW 382 147 premium oak patina ash 260 white oak colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table 276 - p. 141 (min. 2 units). Polish oak The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection III 138 148 coffee ash CPL 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. SILKSTONE 965 anthracite chestnut Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 000 premium walnut 129 LAMISTONE Italian walnut VENEERED 311 dark acacia 146 dark aralia 863 anthracite 921 grey 136 British oak NEW 229 cherry tree 135 dark oak NEW white HPL* 140 125 The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department NEW LAMINATED 820 124 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut NEW 279 284 Siberian oak Royal maple 288 292 294 295 296 297 Brazilian nut tree Royal chestnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat collection VI 432 433 340 404 medium black walnut walnut RETRO – oak veneer 611 SAHARA A 621 KONGO A NEW 383 421 422 424 405 white-stained truffle oak coffee oak natural ash moreno ash rubio ash negro ash cappucino mokka teak ebony dark walnut light walnut oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. 103 SLIDING in-wall n IN-WALL SYSTEM In-wall system price = chosen door leaf price + complete in-wall system price In-wall system for single leaf doors - see the below chart NOBLE, FIESTA, DUO in-wall system price = NOBLE, FIESTA, DUO price + complete in-wall system price In-wall system for single leaf doors - see the below chart The sliding leaf is available as a separate item (at the extra charge) + the handle price n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙Hook lock (chrome) for a bathroom lock and system brushes included, the lock can be changed to the bathroom lock (WC) with a key-operated lock ∙∙Optionally: cassettes for in-wall sliding door system (the minimum thickness of the single or double cassette with the G/K casing system is: 100 mm for flat door leaves; 125 mm for door leaves with decoration and glazed by means of frames) ∙∙Optionally: handles for in-wall sliding doors - see p. 130 ∙∙Optionally: the door closer for single leaf doors ∙∙Optionally: the door closer for double leaf doors Application of the SP60 door closer in the in-wall system: - single leaf “60 – 100” width doors - double leaf “60 + 60” – “90 + 90” width doors without the simultaneous closing synchronisation of door leaves or for the double leaf “80 + 80” – “90 + 90” doors with the simultaneous closing synchronisation of door leaves. Due to the specific installation procedure, the door closer cannot be used in the following door models: Etiuda/Etiuda Lux – A02, A03; Astro/Astro Lux – W1S, W1A, W2S, W2A, W3S, W3A, W4S, W4A, W5S, W5A, W6S, W6A, W8S, W8A, W9S, W9A; Sempre Verse – W05-W08; Passo, Passo Alto, Calypso, Sabia A non-symmetrical installation is available upon consultations with the POL-SKONE sales department. 104 A single cassette (100 or 125 mm) Door leaf dimensions “60” (G/60) “70” (G/70) “80” (G/80) “90” (G/90) Extra charges For the synchronisation system (simultaneous opening) in double leaf doors “100” (G/100) A double cassette (100 or 125 mm) Door leaf dimensions Extra accessories “60”+“60” (GG/60) SB 01 white brush “70”+“70” (GG/70) “80”+“80” (GG/80) “90”+“90” (GG/90) SB 03 black brush Variant I – Table I Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 100 mm cassette For door leaves: ARCO, HAPPY, ETIUDA, ETIUDA Lux, MODERN, INTERSOLID II, ASTRO, ASTRO Lux, SEMPRE, SEMPRE Alu, SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Onda, SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Verse, SEMPRE Sense, (SAHARA, KONGO) pattern A,B,C ARGENT, FORM, Duo COLLECTION For solid door leaves: INTER-AMBER, IMPULS, SIMPLE, GRAF, CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD, DECO Lux I ECO TOP for single leaf doors white foil wood lookalike foil laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE veneered wood lookalike laminate natural veneers collections I, II, III UV varnish collections IV, V, VI, VII, RETRO, LIMBA range in mm 100-106 II Variant II – Table II Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette (solid or glazed versions) For door leaves: ARCO, INTER-AMBER, IMPULS, ETIUDA, ETIUDA Lux, DECO Soft, DECO, DECO Vario, DECO Soft Vario, DECO Lux Soft, DECO Lux Soft Vario, SIMPLE, GRAF, HAPPY, CLASSIC, CLASSIC Lux, FIORD, PLYTOWE, MODERN, ASTRO, ASTRO Lux, SEMPRE, SEMPRE Alu, SEMPRE Onda, SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Verse, SEMPRE Sense, QUATTRO Soft, INTERSOLID Soft, INTERSOLID II, ARGENT, FORM, Duo COLLECTION ECO TOP for single leaf doors white foil wood lookalike foil laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike laminate veneered natural veneers collections I, II, III UV varnish collections IV, V, VI, VII, RETRO, LIMBA range in mm 125-320 III Variant III – Table III Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette (door leaves with decor) For door leaves: VITTORIA, VENA, GRAND Lux, MILLENIUM Lux, INTERSOLID, (KONGO, SAHARA) pattern D, ASTOR ECO TOP for single leaf doors white foil wood lookalike foil laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE veneered wood lookalike laminate natural veneers collections I, II, III UV varnish collections IV, V, VI, VII, RETRO, LIMBA range in mm 125-300 Variant IV – Table I, IV Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 100 mm cassette For door leaves: NOBLE I, NOBLE II, PA SSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO, L-PROJEKT IV for single leaf doors laminated grey LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE natural veneers collections I, II, III range in mm 100-106 UV varnish veneered collections IV, V, VI, VII, RETRO, LIMBA Variant V – Table II, V Complete in-wall system for single leaf doors for the 125 mm cassette For door leaves: NOBLE I, NOBLE II, PASSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO, L-PROJEKT V for single leaf doors laminated grey LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE natural veneers collections I, II, III range in mm 125-320 UV varnish veneered collections IV, V, VI, VII, RETRO, LIMBA n DIMENSIONS type “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” Single leaf doors Double leaf doors Single leaf doors Double leaf doors dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (Sd, Hd) (Ssb) 644 744 844 944 1044 TABLE I, II, III TABLE IV, V NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT (Sd) (So) (Sok) type (Ssb) 1288 1315 650 630 “60”+“60” 1488 1515 750 730 “70”+“70” 1688 “80”+“80” 1715 850 830 “90”+“90” 1888 1915 950 930 2115 1050 1030 height: (Hsb) 2033, (Hd) 2038, (Ho) 2065, (Hok) 2110 (Sd) 1230 1430 1630 1830 (So) 1250 1450 1650 1850 (Sok) 2570 2970 3370 3770 type “60” “70” “80” “90” (Ssb) 625 725 825 925 (Sd) (So) (Sok) type (Ssb) 1250 1315 650 630 “60”+“60” 1450 1515 750 730 “70”+“70” “80”+“80” 1650 1715 850 830 “90”+“90” 1850 1915 950 930 height: (Hsb) 2040, (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2065, (Hok) 2110 (Sd) 1230 1430 1630 1830 (So) 1250 1450 1650 1850 (Sok) 2570 2970 3370 3770 Ssb - the width on the external side of leaves; Sd - the width on the external side of the door frame So - the width of the installation hole; Sk – the width on the internal side of the cassette “100” – at extra charge The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. 105 SLIDING on-wall system n DIMENSIONS sliding door – on-wall system without housing Double leaf doors Single leaf doors (thout the approach post) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) type (Ssb) “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” 644 744 844 944 1044 NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT (So) type (Ssb) 620 720 820 920 1020 “60”+“60” “70”+“70” “80”+“80” “90”+“90” (So) 1288 1488 1688 1888 1240 1440 1640 1840 height: (Ho) 2020, (Hsb) 2033, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2133 mm type “60” “70” “80” “90” MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT (So) type 600 “60”+“60” 700 “70”+“70” “80”+“80” 800 “90”+“90” 900 (Ssb) 625 725 825 925 (Ssb) 1250 1450 1650 1850 (So) 1240 1440 1640 1840 height: (Ho) 2030, (Hsb) 2040, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2140 mm sliding door – on-wall system with the ZN tunnel casing For the on-wall system we recommend the ZN tunnel casing (p. 108) Double leaf doors Single leaf doors For single leaf doors n ON-WALL SYSTEM white painted** white foil the price includes: guide, masking strip and approach post * laminated HIGH TOP veneered ECO TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike foil wood lookalike laminate natural veneers collections I, II, III UV varnish RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, V, VI , VII Extra charge in addition to a selected model of interior leaf For double leaf doors - extra charge *optionally: a version with a wall housing system (“a finish tunnel”) – price depends on the wall thickness ** colours of RAL and NCS palettes – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units) Slide leaf is available as separate item (extra charge) + handle price n STANDARD EQUIPMENT type “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” Application of the SP60 door closer in the on-wall system: - single leaf “60 – 100” width doors - double leaf “60 + 60” – “90 + 90” Due to the specific installation procedure, the door closer cannot be used in the following door models: Etiuda/Etiuda Lux – A02, A03; Astro/Astro Lux – W1S, W1A, W2S, W2A, W3S, W3A, W4S, W4A, W5S, W5A, W6S, W6A, W8S, W8A, W9S, W9A; Sempre Verse – W05-W08; Passo, Passo Alto, Calypso, Sabia If the tunnel system with DUO or ON NOBLE version A architraves is used, the lintel architrave must be trimmed during the installation. (Ssb) 644 744 844 944 1044 NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT (So) (Sd) type (Ssb) 1288 649 670 “60”+“60” 1488 749 770 “70”+“70” 1688 “80”+“80” 849 870 “90”+“90” 1888 949 970 1049 1070 (So) 1305 1505 1705 1905 (Sd) 1282 1482 1682 1882 height: (Hsb) 2033, (Ho) 2055, (Hd) 2044, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge – 2133 mm MODELS NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT type “60” “70” “80” “90” (Ssb) 625 725 825 925 (So) 655 755 855 955 (Sd) 633 733 833 933 type “60”+“60” “70”+“70” “80”+“80” “90”+“90” (Ssb) 1250 1450 1650 1850 (So) 1265 1465 1665 1865 (Sd) 1245 1445 1645 1845 height: (Hsb) 2040, (Ho) 2055, (Hd) 2044, from the floor level to the masking strip top edge 2140 mm n DIAGRAM INSIDE INSIDE RIGHT ∙∙Standard: longitudinal brass chrome handle (U3) ∙∙Optionally: handles or a hook lock for sliding door leaves – see p. 130 ∙∙Optionally: the door closer for single leaf doors ∙∙Optionally: the door closer for double leaf doors 106 (thout the approach post) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) LEFT PRIVACY LOCK PRIVACY LOCK ORNAMENT OUTSIDE ORNAMENT OUTSIDE In glazed doors – ornament on the outside, in doors with lock - privacy lock on the inside In double leaf right-hand doors – the lock in the right leaf; in double leaf left-hand doors - the lock in the left leaf LENGTHS OF MASKING STRIPS FOR THE ON-WALL SYSTEM “60” – 1795 mm “60+60” – 3448 mm* “70” – 1795 mm “70+70” – 3448 mm* “80” – 1795 mm “80+80” – 3448 mm* “90” – 2045 mm “90+90” – 3948 mm* “100” – 2295 mm * the masking strip consists of two interconnected elements PREMIUM on-wall system n PREMIUM SYSTEM 70 The PREMIUM single leaf door, double leaf door sliding system The slide leaf is available as a separate item (extra charge) + the handle price n STANDARD EQUIPMENT ∙∙The PREMIUM sliding system complete set contains a masking strip with a guide (components made of the aluminium) ∙∙The standard PREMIUM on-wall system door leaves are equipped with a longitudinal handle in the colour of chrome-satina (U4) ∙∙Optional handles for sliding door leaves - p. 130 Single leaf doors dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) type “60” “70” “80” “90” Double leaf doors dimensions on the external side of door leaves (Ssb, Hsb) and the installation hole (So, Ho) NOT APPLICABLE TO NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT (Ssb) (So) type (Ssb) 1288 620 644 “60”+“60” 1488 720 744 “70”+“70” “80”+“80” 1688 820 844 “90”+“90” 1888 920 944 (So) 1240 1440 1640 1840 height: (Hsb) 2033, (Ho) 2020, height from the floor level to the masking strip top edge - 2103 mm type “60” “70” “80” “90” (Ssb) 625 725 825 925 NOBLE, FIESTA `09, L-PROJEKT MODELS (So) type 600 “60”+“60” 700 “70”+“70” “80”+“80” 800 “90”+“90” 900 (Ssb) 1250 1450 1650 1850 (So) 1230 1430 1630 1830 height: (Hsb) 2040, (Ho) 2030, height from the floor level to the masking strip top edge - 2110 mm Not applicable to the tunnel door frame The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. 107 TUNNELS / WALL CASING WALL FINISH CASING TUNNEL: ZN (casing for the sliding on-wall system) and ZT (door opening casing without a door) laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE ECO TOP PAINTED white 000* Range of adjustment Symbol white foil for painted doors and white: 120 Complete set wood lookalike laminate ZN 1 ZT 1 76-116 Panel 76 mm, architrave 32 mm ZN 2 ZT 2 116-142 Panel 76 mm, architrave 52 mm ZN 3 ZT 3 142-182 Panel 142 mm, architrave 32 mm ZN 4 ZT 4 182-208 Panel 142 mm, architrave 52 mm ZN 5 ZT 5 208-248 Panel 208 mm, architrave 32 mm ZN 6 ZT 6 248-274 Panel 208 mm, architrave 52 mm ZN 7 ZT 7 274-314 Panel 274 mm, architrave 32 mm ZN 8 ZT 8 314-354 Panel 274 mm, architrave 52 mm UV varnish UV varnish natural Retro, Limba veneers collections I, collections IV, V, VI, VII II, III *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints ZN TUNNEL DOOR FRAMES, ZT DIN SYSTEM, ZN DUO SYSTEM (not applicable to DIN DUO) (wall casing for the sliding on-wall system and DIN door frames) type (Sd) width (So) (Sop) (Sop*) “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” 649 749 849 949 1049 670 770 870 970 1070 746 846 946 1046 1146 ZT TUNNEL DOOR FRAMES (wall casing without door) width 786 886 986 1086 1186 type “60”+“60” “70”+“70” “80”+“80” “90”+“90” “100”+“100” (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop*) 1282 1482 1682 1882 2082 1305 1505 1705 1905 2105 1379 1579 1779 1979 2179 1419 1619 1819 2019 2219 height: (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2055, (Hop) 2093, (Hop*) 2113 Range ZN1-ZN8 type “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” - (Sd) 700 800 900 1000 1100 - (Sop)* 817 917 1017 1117 1217 - width (Sop)** type (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* 1334 1360 1431 1451 “60”+“60” 837 1434 1460 1531 1551 “60”+“70” 937 1037 “60”+“80”, “70”+“70” 1534 1560 1631 1651 1137 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1634 1660 1731 1751 1237 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1734 1760 1831 1851 1834 1860 1931 1951 “80”+“90” 1934 1960 2031 2051 “90”+“90” 2134 2160 2231 2251 “100” + “100” - Angular architrave Panel ZT tunnel with OK6 architraves Sop** Panel Angular architrave MDF door frame Panel ZT tunnel with OK7 architraves Panel Angular architrave Angular architrave Panel ZN tunnel with DUO architraves Range ZT1-ZT8 (Sop)** 1471 1571 1671 1771 1871 1971 2071 2271 height: (Hd) 2069, (Ho) 2080, (Hop) 2118, (Hop)* 2128, (Hop)** 2138 MDF door frame ZN tunnel with OK6 architraves width (So) (Sop) 720 797 820 897 920 997 1020 1097 1120 1197 - Panel Sd So ZT tunnel with OK4 architraves ZT tunnel with Q-SYSTEM architraves Available only in the colours of natural veneers * DUO SYSTEM (not applicable to DIN DUO) type ZX TUNNEL FOR NOBLE, FIESTA ‘09, L-PROJEKT DOORS ZY TUNNEL FOR NOBLE, FIESTA ‘09, L-PROJEKT DOORS, DUO SYSTEM (wall casing without door) (wall casing for the sliding on-wall system) width width width width typ (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* typ (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* type (Sd) (So) (Sop) (Sop)* “60” “70” “80” “90” - 633 733 833 933 - ZT TUNNEL FRAME DIN Duo SYSTEM (wall casing without door) width typ (So) (Sd) (Sop) “60” 675 655 792 “70” 775 755 892 “80” 875 855 992 “90” 975 955 1092 - width typ (So) 1290 “60”+“60” 1390 “60”+“70” 1490 “60”+“80”, “70”+“70” 1590 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1690 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1790 “80”+“90” 1890 “90”+“90” (Sd) 1270 1370 1470 1570 1670 1770 1870 (Sop) 1407 1507 1607 1707 1807 1907 2007 height: (Ho) 2075, (Hd) 2065, (Hop) 2133 655 755 855 955 - 770 870 970 1070 - 810 910 1010 1110 - “60”+”60” “60”+”70” “70”+”70” “70”+”80” “80”+”80” “80”+”90” “90”+”90” 1245 1345 1445 1545 1645 1745 1845 1265 1365 1465 1565 1665 1765 1865 1382 1482 1582 1682 1782 1882 1982 1422 1522 1622 1722 1822 1922 2022 height: (Hd) 2044, (Ho) 2055, (Hop) 2113, (Hop)* 2132 699 720 799 820 899 920 999 1020 - 836 936 1036 1136 - 876 976 1076 1176 - “60”+”60” “60”+”70” “70”+”70” “70”+”80” “80”+”80” “80”+”90” “90”+”90” 1326 1426 1526 1626 1726 1826 1926 1350 1450 1550 1650 1750 1850 1950 1463 1563 1663 1763 1863 1963 2063 1503 1603 1703 1803 1903 2003 2103 height: (Hd) 2085, (Ho) 2095, (Hop) 2154, (Hop)* 2174 *with ON NOBLE architraves version A MDF door frame “60” “70” “80” “90” - *with ON NOBLE architraves version A 80 mm 80 mm Panel MDF door frame Panel MDF door frame Panel ZX tunnel with ON FIESTA architraves 108 ZY tunnel with ON FIESTA, L-PROJEKT, SYSTEM DUO, NOBLE architraves version B Dimensions “100”; “110” + extra charge Double leaf tunnels + extra charge Double leaf tunnels “100”+“100” or “110”+“110” + extra charge System DUO tunnel frame + extra charge Tunnels with OK6 architraves in RAL or NCS colours (except metallic ones) – extra charge according to the groups for the painted models. Version including architraves for Noble I, Noble II, FIESTA’09 (SABIA, CALYPSO, PASSO, PASSO Alto) - doors extra charge to the prices of the tunnels with OK6 (available only in the colours of NOBLE). For Duo system, architraves are cut at a 45o angle and for NOBLE/ FIESTA architraves are cut at a 90o angle Without drilled holes for hinges, trimming for metal sheet without seals. Maximum tunnel height – 2300 mm- extra charge Panel ZY tunnel with ON NOBLE architraves version A Integrated toplights on DIN profile Max. height of the set on the DIN frame is 2300mm. Zp1 Two-sided laminated 6 mm thick panel width 60 cm-235x622 mm width 70 cm-235x722 mm width 80 cm-235x822 mm width 90 cm-235x922 mm width 100 cm-235x1022 mm ZP2 ZP3 ECO TOP ZP4 ZP5 ZP6 ZP7 laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL white foil for painted SILKSTONE doors and white: 120 wood look-alike laminate ZP8 ZP9 ZP10 ZP11 UV varnish veneered natural veneers (collections I,II,III) collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA The toplight can be filled with a 6mm thick glass pane or a 6 mm thick two-sided laminated panel. Toplight pane options (width “60”-“100”): A. Security glass pane, white matt, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick B. Security glass pane, transparent, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick C. Tempered glass pane, white matt, 6 mm thick D. Tempered glass pane, transparent, 6 mm thick NEW OPTION - TOPLIGHTS INTEGRATED ON DIN FRAME Door closer is not available type “60” width (only for the single leaf door) (So) (Sd) (Ss) 676 646 618 (Sop) 746 “70” 776 746 718 846 “80” 876 846 818 946 “90”* 976 946 918 1046 So – recommended installation dimension Sd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame Ss - door leaf width in rebate Sop – width on the external side of the architrave TOPLIGHTS ON DIN FRAME Hd Hop Hn Hs 2300 2280 2260 2240 2220 2200 2180 2350 2330 2310 2290 2270 2250 2230 267 247 227 207 187 167 147 2020 The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. TOPLIGHTS INTEGRATED ON DIN FRAME 109 SIDELIGHTS Recommended way of connecting top lights along the DIN door frame by means of installation blocks REBATED SYSTEM SIDELIGHTS based on the DIN door frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter) laminated white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000** ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike laminate UV varnish veneered natural veneers collections I, II, III RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, V, VI, VII NP range in mm 75-300 Sidelight price = price of 1m. x 2(A+B) + price of 1 sq. m. of glass x A x B Maximum dimensions of toplights and sidelights are: Toplights SxH = 2190x700 mm Sideligths SxH = 1000x2093 mm Recommended way of connecting top lights along the DIN DUO door frame by means of installation blocks NON-REBATED SYSTEM SIDELIGHTS based on the DIN DUO door frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter) laminated white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000** ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike laminate UV varnish veneered natural veneers collections I, II, III ND range in mm 75-300 Sidelight price = price of 1m. x 2(A+B) + price of 1 sq. m. of glass x A x B Use the toplight with the following glass pane types: A. Security glass pane, white matt, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick B. Security glass pane, transparent, 3.3.1, 6.4 mm thick C. Tempered glass pane, white matt, 6 mm thick D. Tempered glass pane, transparent, 6 mm thick 110 Maximum dimensions of toplights and sidelights are: Toplights SxH = 2207x700 mm Sideligths SxH = 1000x2133 mm RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, V, VI, VII SIDELIGHTS Recommended method of connecting top lights on the fixed frame profile REBATED SYSTEM SIDELIGHTS based on the POL-SKONE door fixed frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter) laminated white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000** ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike laminate UV varnish veneered natural veneers collections I, II, III RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, V, VI, VII fixed 92 mm Recommended method of connecting top lights on the fixed frame profile DUO NON-REBATED SYSTEM SIDELIGHTS based on the DUO door fixed frame profile (price per 1 meter of the sidelight external perimeter) laminated white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000** ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood lookalike laminate UV varnish veneered natural veneers collections I, II, III RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, V, VI, VII fixed 92 mm STAINLESS STEEL 0.6 MM THICK PROTECTIONS OF THE DOOR LEAF EDGE AND THE DOOR FRAME EDGE The door leaf vertical edge protections can be used for the 40 mm thick leaf with the LAMISTONE, SILKSTONE, CPL 0,2; CPL 0,5; CPL 0,7 coating, painted and veneered. The edge protections can be used for the fixed wooden door frame and the ZZ wooden adjustable door frame with the LAMISTONE, SILKSTONE, CPL 0.15 coating, painted and veneered. Protection items compatible with the EXPERT hinge. In case of swing doors, the leaf edge is protected from the side opposite to the hinge side. Type of protector A complete set of protections for a 40 mm thick door leaf (vertical protection of the lock side and vertical protection of the hinge side) A complete set of the fixed door frame protections (vertical protection of the lock side and vertical protection of the hinge side) A complete set of the adjustable door frame protectors (a vertical protector of the lock side and a vertical protector of the hinge side) 111 DOOR LEAF DIMENSIONS Opening directions – single leaf rebated doors left doors the side with visible hinges Opening directions – double leaf rebated doors right doors the side with visible hinges right doors: right hand main door leaf – left hand privacy lock n REBATED SYSTEM (side hung doors) od 10 - 12 mm n Clearance between a door leaf and floor door leaf left doors: left hand main door leaf – right hand privacy lock door leaf depth of rebate 27 mm Ss (door leaf width in rebate) floor level POL-SKONE rebated door leaves fit all door frames which are compliant with the Polish industry standards door leaf Version including the Swiss threshold (optional) wooden threshold width (Ss) door leaf height in rebate 618 718 818 918 mm 2020 mm n NON-REBATED SYSTEM floor level door leaf To ensure a right way of installation of side hung and sliding doors, the in-wall hole (So) should be wider by 10-15 mm on the side from the door dimensions on the outside of door frame (Sd). To contact licensed installation teams, see our website www.pol-skone.eu We recommend a detailed door installation manual: “POL-SKONE Good Installation Academy”, available on DVD. Ss (door leaf width) Shorter door leaves (see appropriate information in the catalogue) and door leaves for do-it-yourself shortening (see appropriate information in the catalogue) by a contractor. width (Ss) door leaf height 625 725 825 925 (mm) 2040 (mm) FIXED DOOR FRAMES n Fixed MDF HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL ECO TOP white foil for painted doors and white: 120 SILKSTONE wood look-alike laminate R E B AT E D SYSTEM option: LD6, LD7 masking strips Door frames are not painted n DIMENSIONS MDF door frame 100 mm gasket Doors with fixed door frame type “60” n HINGES Screw-in pivot A type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge Single leaf doors (So) (Sd) (Ss) 709 689 618 (Sop) 794 type “60”+“60” Double leaf doors (So) 1343 (Sop) 1428 “70” 809 789 718 894 “60”+“70” 1443 1423 1528 “80” 909 889 818 994 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1543 1523 1628 “90”* 1009 989 918 1094 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1643 1623 1728 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1743 1723 1828 “80”+“90” 1843 1823 1928 “90”+“90” 1943 1923 2028 height: (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2117 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge 112 (Sd) 1323 Ss – door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918); Hs - door leaf height in rebate; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame; So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave *for the ASTOR, GRAF So = 983; Sd=963; Ss=892; Sop=1068 OŚCIEŻNICE FIXED DOOR FRAMES n SYSTEM POL-SKONE fixed UV varnish laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL veneered R E B AT E D SYSTEM ECO TOP (INTER-AMBER) white foil for painted doors and white: 120 SILKSTONE PAINTED white 000* natural veneers (collections I,II,III) wood look-alike laminate collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA option: LD6, LD7 masking strips Door frame shortening available at extra charge The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints n DIMENSIONS wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Single leaf doors Screw-in pivot A type hinge Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge n ELECTRIC STRIKES FOR INTERIOR DOOR ELECTRIC STRIKES for interior door Averse action electric door strike type 1710-12AC (for door leaves equipped with the LOB Z755B lock*) Reverse action electric door strike type 1711-12DC (for door leaves equipped with the LOB Z755B lock*) Double leaf doors type (So) (Sd) (Ss) type (So) (Sd) “60” 709 689 618 “60”+“60” 1343 1323 “70” 809 789 718 “60”+“70” 1443 1423 “80” 909 889 818 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1543 1523 “90”* 1009 989 918 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1643 1623 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1743 1723 “80”+“90” 1843 1823 “90”+“90” 1943 1923 height: (Ho) 2074, (Hd) 2064, (Hs) 2020 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge for fixed door frame * available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918); Hs - door leaf height in rebate; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame; So, Ho – recommended installation dimension *for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=983; Sd=963; Ss=892 The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike. 113 Fixed frames n DUO fixed NON-REBATED SYSTEM DUO UV varnish HIGH TOP ECO TOP PAINTED white 000* LAMISTONE CPL white foil for painted doors veneered SILKSTONE Door frame shortening available at extra charge * colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints FIXED frame FOR PASSO Alto leaves UV varnish LAMISTONE CPL veneered SILKSTONE Door frame shortening available at extra charge The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. n DIMENSIONS wooden door frame gasket 92 mm n HINGES ARGENTA type hidden adjustable hinge Single leaf doors Double leaf doors type “60” width (So) (Sd) 713 693 (Ss) 625 width “70” 813 793 “80” 913 893 “90” 1013* 993* type “60+60” (So) 1328 (Sd) 1308 725 “60+70” 1428 1408 825 “60+80, 70+70” 1528 1508 925* “60+90, 70+80” 1628 1608 “70+90, 80+80” 1728 1708 “80+90” 1828 1808 “90+90” 1928 1908 height: (Ho) 2093 mm, (Hd) 2083 mm, (Hs) 2040 mm PASSO Alto height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240 *Non-standard “90” width for GRAF DUO, ASTOR DUO patterns: (So) 1006, (Sd) 986, (Ss) 918 So, Ho – recommended installation dimension; Ss - door leaf width in rebate; Hs - door leaf height in rebate; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame; Sop – width on the external side of the architrave; Hop – height on the external side of the architrave; Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width 114 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n SYSTEM DIN adjustable R E B AT E D SYSTEM UV varnish laminated HIGH TOP veneered LAMISTONE CPL white foil for ECO TOP painted doors and white: 120 SILKSTONE PAINTED white 000* wood look-alike laminate natural veneers (collections I,II,III) collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA ZP range in mm 75-300 Door frame shortening available at extra charge *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS SYSTEM DIN adjustable angular architrave n HINGES MDF door frame gasket Screw-in pivot B type hinge Screw-in pivot K type hinge Three-piece T type hinge For System DIN adjustable door frame, we recommend the ZT DIN SYSTEM tunnel casing The reinforcement for a door closer is available at extra charge NOTE! The recommended dimension of the installation hole height is increased by 16 mm. For the System DIN adjustable door frame, we recommend ZT DIN SYSTEM tunnel housing (p. 108) The DIN door frame can be equipped with electric door strike. Single leaf doors n ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES Electric door strike Electric averse action door Electric averse action door ELECTRIC DOOR strike JiS type 1711-12DC strike JiS type 1710-12AC STRIKES (for door leaves equipped (for door leaves equipped for interior doors with the LOB Z755B lock*) with the LOB Z755B lock*) for DIN adjustable door frame (ZP) (requires widening the installation hole by 25 mm because of a wooden reinforcement of the door frame in a door strike installation place, milling finish of the architraves is provided by the manufacturer type “60” (So) 676 width (Sd) 646 “70” 776 746 718 “80” 876 846 818 “90”* 976 946 918 Double leaf doors type “60”+“60” width (So) 1310 (Sd) 1280 (Sop) 1380 846 “60”+“70” 1410 1380 1480 946 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1510 1480 1580 1046 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1610 1580 1680 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1710 1680 1780 “80”+“90” 1810 1780 1880 “90”+“90” 1910 1880 1980 (Ss) 618 (Sop) 746 height: (Ho) 2053, (Hd) 2043, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2093 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918); Hs - door leaf height in rebate; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame; So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave *for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So = 950; Sd=920; Ss=892; Sop=1020 Averse type, model 1710 - 12AC closed without voltage, opened when under voltage Reverse type, model 1711 - 12DC opened without voltage, closed when under voltage The symbols AC/DC stand for alternating current or direct current respectively. The price includes the door frame reinforcement at the place of the electric door strike installation * available at extra charge 115 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n DIN Duo adjustable frame UV varnish laminated HIGH TOP ECO TOP LAMISTONE CPL NON-REBATED SYSTEM SILKSTONE DUO wood look-alike laminate veneered PAINTED white 000* white foil for painted doors and white: 120 collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA natural veneers (collections I,II,III) ZD range in mm 75-300 Door frame shortening available at extra charge *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave MDF door frame Gasket n HINGES ARGENTA type hidden adjustable hinge Single leaf doors type “60” For the SYSTEM DIN DUO adjustable door frame, we recommend SYSTEM DIN DUO tunnel casing (p. 108) (So) 690 width (Sd) 652 (Ss) 625 Double leaf doors (Sop) 792 type “60+60” width (So) 1305 “70” 790 752 725 892 “60+70” 1405 1367 1507 890 852 825 992 “60+80, 70+70” 1505 1467 1607 “90” 990 952 925 1092 “60+90, 70+80” 1605 1567 1707 “70+90, 80+80” 1705 1667 1807 “80+90” 1805 1767 1907 “90+90” 1905 1867 2007 *Non-standard “90” width for door leaves: GRAF DUO, ASTOR DUO: (So) 983, (Sd) 945, (Ss) 918, (Sop) 1085 Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame Ss - door leaf width in rebate Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave 116 (Sop) 1407 “80” height: (Ho) 2075, (Hd) 2063, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2133 The Duo architrave (Sd) 1267 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n DUO adjustable UV varnish HIGH TOP ECO TOP NON-REBATED SYSTEM DUO for L-PROJEKT (FP) leaf doors LAMISTONE CPL PAINTED white 000* veneered white foil for painted doors grey laminate (222), anthracite laminate (821) SILKSTONE oak veneer (334) DI range in mm 76-388 Door frame shortening available at extra charge * colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. DUO adjustable door frame FOR PASSO Alto door leaves UV varnish LAMISTONE CPL veneered SILKSTONE DI range in mm 76-388 Door frame shortening available at extra charge Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS adjustment architrave n HINGES adjustment panel wooden door frame ARGENTA type hidden adjustable hinge architrave with 12 mm tongue Single leaf doors Double leaf doors type “60” (So) 713 width (Sd) 693 “70” 813 793 725 “80” 913 893 825 “90” 1013* 993* 925* 1136* (Ss) 625 type “60+60” width (So) 1328 (Sd) 1308 (Sop) 1451 936 “60+70” 1428 1408 1551 1036 “60+80, 70+70” 1528 1508 1651 “60+90, 70+80” 1628 1608 1751 “70+90, 80+80” 1728 1708 1851 “80+90” 1828 1808 1951 “90+90” 1928 1908 2051 (Sop) 836 height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2154 PASSO Alto height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240, (Hop) 2354 *Non-standard “90” width for door leaves: ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO; (So) 1006, (Sd) 986, (Ss) 918, (Sop) 1129 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge So, Ho – recommended installation dimension; Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame; Ss - door leaf width in rebate; Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sop – width on the external side of the architrave; Hop – height on the external side of the architrave; Note: The Graf Duo, Astor Duo double leaf doors are not available with the “90” width 117 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES UV varnish laminated n SYSTEM POL-SKONE adjustable HIGH TOP R E B AT E D SYSTEM ECO TOP (INTERAMBER) LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE veneered white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000* wood look-alike laminate natural veneers (collections I,II,III) collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA ZZ range in mm 62-391 Door frame shortening available at extra charge *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Single leaf doors type “60” Screw-in pivot A type hinge Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge (So) 715 width (Sd) 695 Double leaf doors width (Ss) 618 (Sop) 798 type “60”+“60” (So) 1350 (Sd) 1330 “70” 815 795 718 898 “60”+“70” 1450 1430 1533 “80” 915 895 818 998 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1550 1530 1633 “90”* 1015 995 918 1098 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1650 1630 1733 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1750 1730 1833 “80”+“90” 1850 1830 1933 “90”+“90” 1950 1930 2033 height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2118 n ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES ELECTRIC DOOR STRIKES JiS averse action electric door strike, type: 1710-12AC (for door leaves equipped with the LOB Z755B lock*) for adjustable door frame POL-SKONE (ZZ) * available at extra charge Architraves are ready milled for electric door strike 118 JiS 1711-12DC reverse action electric door strike (for door leaves equipped with the LOB Z755B lock*) (Sop) 1433 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918) Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave *for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=989 Sd=969 Ss=892 Sop=1072 The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike. ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n MODEL 2000 adjustable UV varnish veneered collections: RETRO, LIMBA natural veneers (collections I,II,III) Single leaf doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM ZM range in mm 69-398 Door frame shortening available at extra charge The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Single leaf doors type “60” Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge (So) 715 width (Sd) 695 (Ss) 618 Double leaf doors (Sop) 798 type “60”+“60” width (So) 1350 (Sd) 1330 (Sop) 1433 “70” 815 795 718 898 “60”+“70” 1450 1430 1533 “80” 915 895 818 998 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1550 1530 1633 “90” 1015 995 918 1098 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1650 1630 1733 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1750 1730 1833 “80”+“90” 1850 1830 1933 “90”+“90” 1950 1930 2033 height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2118 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918) Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave For the Model 2000 we recommend the ZT OK7 tunnel casing (p. 108) 119 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n MODEL RETRO adjustable UV varnish veneered collections: RETRO, LIMBA natural veneers (collections I,II,III) Single leaf doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM ZR range in mm 69-398 Door frame shortening available at extra charge The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Single leaf doors type “60” Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-inb pivot D type hinge (So) 715 width (Sd) 695 (Ss) 618 Double leaf doors (Sop) 818 type “60”+“60” width (So) 1350 “70” 815 795 718 918 “60”+“70” 1450 1430 1553 915 895 818 1018 “60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1550 1530 1653 “90” 1015 995 918 1118 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1650 1630 1753 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1750 1730 1853 “80”+“90” 1850 1830 1953 “90”+“90” 1950 1930 2053 height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2128 120 (Sop) 1453 “80” Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918) Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave For the Model RETRO adjustable door frame, we recommend the ZT OK4 tunnel casing (p. 108) (Sd) 1330 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n Noble adjustable UV varnish veneered Single leaf doors NON-REBATED SYSTEM European oak, ebony, light walnut retro, dark walnut retro NB range in mm 76-388 NOBLE A fixed wooden non-rebated door frame Door frame shortening available at extra charge The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS VERSION A angular architrave adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket VERSION B angular architrave 80 adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Non-rebated system SFS hinge For the NOBLE non-rebated door frame, we recommend the ZY with ON NOBLE / FIESTA architraves (p. 108) WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES type “60” “70” “80” “90” VERSION A (100 mm) (So) 713 813 913 1013 Single leaf doors width (Sd) (Sopa) (Sopa) 693 876 836 793 976 936 893 1076 1036 993 1176 1136 (Ss) 625 725 825 925 Double leaf doors width type (So) (Sd) “60” + “60” 1328 1308 “60” + “70” 1428 1408 “60” + “80”, “70” + “70” 1528 1508 “60” + “90”, “70” + “80” 1628 1608 “70” + “90”, “80” + “80” 1728 1708 “80” + “90” 1828 1808 “90” + “90” 1928 1908 (Sopa) (Sopb) 1491 1451 1591 1551 1691 1651 1791 1751 1891 1851 1991 1951 2091 2051 height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hopa) 2174, (Hopb) 2154 Ss – door leaf width (625, 725, 825, 925) Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sopa, Sopb – width on the external side of the architrave Hopa, Hopb – height on the external side of the architrave VERSION B (80 mm) 121 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAME FOR NON-REBATED DOORS FIESTA n FIESTA adjustable UV varnish LAMISTONE CPL veneered SILKSTONE NON-REBATED SYSTEM FB range in mm 76-388 FIESTA A fixed wooden non-rebated door frame Door frame shortening available at extra charge ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAME FOR NON-REBATED DOORS PASSO Alto (FIESTA) UV varnish veneered LAMISTONE CPL FA range in mm 76-388 The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave 80 adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Non-rebated system type “60” “70” “80” “90” SFS hinge Single leaf doors width (So) (Sd) (Sop) 713 693 836 813 793 936 913 893 1036 1013 993 1136 (Ss) 625 725 825 925 Double leaf doors width type (So) “60” + “60” 1328 “60” + “70” 1428 “60” + “80”, “70” + “70” 1528 “60” + “90”, “70” + “80” 1628 “70” + “90”, “80” + “80” 1728 “80” + “90” 1828 “90” + “90” 1928 PASSO, CALYPSO, SABIA, VERTO height: (Ho) 2093, (Hd) 2083, (Hs) 2040, (Hop) 2154 PASSO Alto: height: (Ho) 2293, (Hd) 2283, (Hs) 2240, (Hop) 2354 WAYS OF CONNECTING ARCHITRAVES FIESTA 122 VERSION B (80 mm) Ss - door leaf width in rebate Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave (Sd) 1308 1408 1508 1608 1708 1808 1908 (Sop) 1451 1551 1651 1751 1851 1951 2051 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n Q-SYSTEM adjustable white foil for painted doors and white: 120 natural veneers (collections I,II,III) PAINTED white 000* SILKSTONE R E B AT E D SYSTEM UV varnish veneered LAMISTONE collections: VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA ZJ range in mm 62-391 Door frame shortening available at extra charge * colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints The standard door frame kits contain installation holes with a set of plugs. Door frames without installation holes are available at extra charge. Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS angular architrave 80 adjustment panel wooden door frame gasket n HINGES Screw-in pivot A type hinge Single leaf doors Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge Double leaf doors type “60” (So) 715 width (Sd) 695 “70” 815 795 718 “80” 915 895 818 “90”* 1015 995 918 1138 (Ss) 618 type “60”+“60” width (So) 1350 (Sd) 1330 (Sop) 1473 938 “60”+“70” 1450 1430 1573 1038 60” +“80”, “70”+“70” 1550 1530 1673 “60”+“90”, “70”+“80” 1650 1630 1773 “70”+“90”, “80”+“80” 1750 1730 1873 “80”+“90” 1850 1830 1973 “90”+“90” 1950 1930 2073 (Sop) 838 height: (Ho) 2077, (Hd) 2067, (Hs) 2020, (Hop) 2139 Optionally: “100” – available at extra charge, “110”- available at extra charge Ss - door leaf width in rebate (618, 718, 818, 918) Hs - door leaf height in rebate Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hop – height on the external side of the architrave *for the ASTOR, GRAF doors So=989 Sd=969 Ss=892 Sop=1122 The POL-SKONE door frame can be equipped with electric door strike. Q-SYSTEM door frame architrave (ZJ) 123 ADJUSTABLE DOOR FRAMES n VERTIGO adjustable NEW Range of Symbol adjustment (mm) NON-REBATED SYSTEM ZV 1 ZV 2 ZV 3 ZV 4 ZV 5 ZV 6 ZV 7 ZV 8 ZV 9 ZV 10 ZV 11 ZV 12 ZV 13 DUO 75-80 80-85 85-95 95-120 120-140 140-160 160-180 180-200 200-220 220-240 240-260 260-280 280-300 Complete set Cross rail 75 mm, adjusting architrave 12 mm Cross rail 80 mm, adjusting architrave 12 mm Cross rail 85 mm, adjusting architrave 16 mm Cross rail 95 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 120 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 140 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 160 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 180 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 200 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 220 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 240 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 260 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Cross rail 280 mm, adjusting architrave 32 mm Door closer is not available Cross rails of the below mentioned height are available on request at extra charge height of panels 100 mm 200 mm 400 mm 500 mm 600 mm 700 mm 800 mm 900 mm 1000 mm n DIMENSIONS Cross rail width (only single leaf doors) type (So) (Sd) (Sop) “60” 690 652 792 (Ss) 625 “70” 790 752 892 725 “80” 890 852 992 825 “90” 990 952 1092 925 height: (Ho) 2082, (Hd) 2070, (Hop) 2353 Sd – door dimension on the external side of the door frame Hop – height on the external side of the architrave Sop – width on the external side of the architrave Hd – height on the external side of the architrave Ho - height of the installation hole So - width of the installation hole Ss - width of the door leaf n COLOURS VENEERED collection I collection III 312 334 NEW 80 limba European oak RETRO – oak veneer 340 ebony 124 404 dark walnut 390 natural walnut LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer 405 light walnut 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak HARMONY COVERED DOOR FRAME NEW NON-REBATED SYSTEM The HARMONY aluminium door frame is designed for use in residential and public utility buildings. The door frame is designed for single leaf doors and it can work with the following swing leaves: PLYTOWE, TIARA, SIMPLE, INTER AMBER, DECO and DECO LUX. n SPECIFICATIONS ∙∙Mechanical class: mechanical resistance requirement class 2, i.e. average service conditions n DOOR DIMENSIONS ∙∙Opened outwards. Door frame width: “60 - 100”, i.e. “695 - 1095 mm”, height: 2082 mm. Door leaf width: 625 - 1025 mm, door leaf standard height: 2040 mm. ∙∙Door leaves of a height of 2140, 2240, 2340 and 2440 mm are available. ∙∙Opened inwards. Door frame width: “60 - 100”, i.e. “695 - 1095 mm”, height: 2092 mm. Door leaf width: 625 - 1025 mm, door leaf standard height: 2050 mm. ∙∙Door leaves of a height of 2150, 2250, 2350 and 2450 mm are available. n DOOR LEAF STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf in the non-rebated system (opened outwards) or with a groove (opened inwards). The door leaf structure consists of coniferous wood rail and stile set topped on both sides with HDF boards. The leaf is filled with a “honeycomb” type cellular cardboard, perforated or solid chipboard. The rated thickness of the door leaf is 40 mm. ∙∙The door leaf designed in such a way that it can be installed flush with the door frame surface. n DOOR LEAF FINISH ∙∙Smooth painted surface, veneered, covered with 0.2-0.7 mm thick CPL laminate, 0.7-1 mm thick HPL laminate or wood look-alike foil. n DOOR FRAME - COLOURS ∙∙Covered door frame for inward or outward opening leaves, anodised or raw aluminium one for do-it-yourself painting in the colour of the wall. n ACCESSORIES ∙∙Standard equipment ∙∙Hidden hinge (adjusted in 3 planes) ∙∙Key-operated, cylinder or bathroom type magnetic lock AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT ∙∙Drop seal Opened inwards the door dimensions Opened inwards the width of door frame the width of the installation hole “60” 695 705 “70” 795 805 “80” 895 905 “90” 995 1005 “100” 1095 the height of door frame the height of the installation hole 2092 2100 the height of door frame the height of the installation hole 2082 2090 1105 Opened outwards right left the door dimensions the width of door frame the width of the installation hole “60” 695 705 “70” 795 805 “80” 895 905 “90” 995 1005 “100” 1095 1105 Door leaf dimensions and number of hinges 600-900 mm x 2040 mm (2 hidden hinges) Opened outwards 1000 mm x 2040 mm (3 hidden hinges) 600-1000 mm x 2140 mm (3 hidden hinges) right left 600-1000 mm x 2240 mm (3 hidden hinges) 600-1000 mm x 2340 mm (4 hidden hinges) 600-1000 mm x 2440 mm (4 hidden hinges) 125 Door metal frames n Metal FIXED width single leaf doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM Type of door frame ”60”÷”90” ‘’100’’ ÷ ‘’110’’ double leaf doors ”120”÷”150” ‘’160’’÷’’200’ FD14 small, FD12 large n FD14 DIMENSIONS single leaf doors width (So) (Sd) 653 633 753 733 853 833 953 933 1053 1033 1153 1133 semi-gloss / satin surface finish double leaf doors width typ (Sc) typ (So) (Sd) “60” 697 “120” 1287 1267 “70” 797 “130” 1387 1367 “80” 897 “140” 1487 1467 “90” 997 “150” 1587 1567 “100” 1097 “160” 1687 1667 “110” 1197 “170” 1787 1767 “180” 1887 1867 “190” 1987 1967 “200” 2087 2067 So – hole width; Sd - external side of the door frame width, Sc – door frame total width Ho – hole height 2046; Hc – door frame total height 2068 mm (Sc) 1331 1431 1531 1631 1731 1831 1931 2031 2131 n FD12 DIMENSIONS n DOOR FRAME STRUCTURE ∙∙The door frame is made of top quality 1.2 mm thick steel sheet ∙∙The frame consists of: major door frame; adjustable frame; circumferential seal; pivot hinges n COATING ∙∙Door frame coated with powder paint, standard colours: white (RAL 9016), grey (RAL 7047), brown (RAL 8017), beige (RAL 1001) ∙∙Other colours according to RAL pallette are available at extra charge minimum 25 door frame units/1 colour n HARDWARE ∙∙Pivot hinges – 2 units for widths “60”-“80”, 3 units for widths “90”, “100”, “110”, ARCO ∙∙Circumferential seal in the colours of: white, grey, brown n ACCESSORIES included in door frame price ∙∙Hex key ∙∙Anchor plugs (door frame fitted to brick wall) ∙∙Self drilling screws (door frame fitted to gypsum board wall) n ADDITIONAL OPTIONS ∙∙Reinforcement for surface-mount door closer - extra charge ∙∙Made of zinc-coated sheet metal - extra charge ∙∙Compatible with an electric door strike - extra charge ∙∙Standard door frame designed to be fitted with ready built walls and floors 126 single leaf doors width (So) (Sd) 681 671 781 771 881 871 981 971 1081 1071 1181 1171 double leaf doors width typ (Sc) typ (So) (Sd) “60” 697 “120” 1315 1305 “70” 797 “130” 1415 1405 “80” 897 “140” 1515 1505 “90” 997 “150” 1615 1605 “100” 1097 “160” 1715 1705 “110” 1197 “170” 1815 1805 “180” 1915 1905 “190” 2015 2005 “200” 2115 2105 So – hole width; Sd - external side of the door frame width, Sc – door frame total width Ho – hole height 2046; Hc – door frame total height 2068 mm n HINGES standard: screw-in pivot B type hinge option available at extra charge: three-piece T type hinge (Sc) 1305 1405 1531 1605 1705 1805 1905 2005 2105 Door metal frames n Metal adjustable width single leaf doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM “60”÷“90” double leaf doors “100”÷“110” “120”÷“150” “160”÷“200” ZO range in mm 95-365 Frames within ranges wider than the maximum ones given in the above table are available (upon consultation with the Sales Department). n DIMENSIONS semi-gloss / satin surface finish n DOOR FRAME STRUCTURE ∙∙The door frame is made of top quality 1.5 mm thick steel sheet ∙∙The frame consists of: major door frame; adjustable frame; circumferential seal; pivot hinges n COATING ∙∙Door frame coated with powder paint, standard colours: white (RAL 9016), grey (RAL 7047), brown (RAL 8017), beige (RAL 1001) ∙∙Other colours according to RAL pallette are available at extra charge minimum 25 door frame units/1 colour n HARDWARE ∙∙Pivot hinges – 2 units for widths “60”-“80”, 3 units for widths “90”, “100”, “110”, ARCO ∙∙Circumferential seal in the colours of: white, grey, brown single leaf doors type (So) (Sc) “60” 684 “70” “80” n ADDITIONAL OPTIONS ∙∙Reinforcement for surface-mount door closer - extra charge ∙∙Made of zinc-coated sheet metal - extra charge ∙∙Compatible with an electric door strike - extra charge ∙∙Standard door frame designed to be fitted with ready built walls and floors width (Ho) type (So) (Sc) 717 “120” 1318 1351 784 817 “130” 1418 1451 884 917 “140” 1518 1551 “90” 984 1017 “150” 1618 1651 “100” 1084 1117 “160” 1718 1751 “110” 1184 1217 “170” 1818 1851 “180” 1918 1951 “190” 2018 2051 “200” 2118 2151 2062 n ACCESSORIES included in door frame price ∙∙Hex key ∙∙Anchor plugs (door frame fitted to brick wall) ∙∙Self drilling screws (door frame fitted to gypsum board wall) double leaf doors width (Hc) 2078 (Ho) (Hc) 2062 2078 So – hole width (+5 mm/-0 mm); Sc – door frame total width Ho – hole height (+5 mm/-0 mm); Hc – door frame total height Fixed and adjustable non-rebated metal door frames are also available for building development projects. n HINGES standard: screw-in pivot B type hinge option available at extra charge: three-piece T type hinge 127 CROWNS Crown for single leaf rebated doors “60”-“90” on one side (1 unit) Veneers collection I, II, III, RETRO, LIMBA, SEMPRE Lux, SAHARA, KONGO Q-system door frame architrave (ZJ) LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE For painted door (white foil)* INTER-AMBER Collection – ECO TOP surface finish for DIN system adjustable door frame (ZP) DUO SYSTEM HIGH TOP, LAMISTONE CPL, SILKSTONE surface finish For painted door (white foil)* Veneers - collection I, II, III, VII, RETRO, LIMBA, SEMPRE Lux, SAHARA, KONGO Available at extra charge when needed for double leaf doors Crown “100”, “110” – available at extra charge *colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units), environment-friendly acrylic paints To order a crown for Q-SYSTEM door frame (ZJ), it is required to specify the door side, on which it is to be mounted (hinge side / adjustment side) Crown for single leaf rebated doors on one side Q-SYSTEM door frame crown external Q-SYSTEM door frame crown external dimension dimension Hinge side, range ZJ1-ZJ11 Adjustment side, range ZJ1-ZJ3 Adjustment side, range ZJ4-ZJ11 width width type (Sk) type (Sk) “60” 905 “60” 915 “70” 1005 “70” 1015 “80” 1105 “80” 1115 “90”** 1205 “90”* 1215 “60” + “60" 1540 “60” + “60" 1550 “60" + “70" 1640 “60" + “70" 1650 “70" + “70", “60" + “80" 1740 “70" + “70", “60" + “80" 1750 “70" + “80", “60" + “90" 1840 “70" + “80", “60" + “90" 1850 “80" + “80", “70" + “90" 1940 “80" + “80", “70" + “90" 1950 “80" + “90" 2040 “80" + “90" 2050 “90" + “90" 2140 “90" + “90" 2150 height: (Hk) 2157 height: (Hk) 2162 * 1199 for the ASTOR; GRAF DIN door frame crown external dimension, Polish standard ** 1189 for the ASTOR; GRAF width type “60” “70” “80” “90”*** “60” + “60" “60" + “70" “70" + “70", “60" + “80" “70" + “80", “60" + “90" “80" + “80", “70" + “90" “80" + “90" “90" + “90" height: (Hk)2149 (Sk) 822 922 1022 1122 1456 1556 1656 1756 1856 1956 2056 ***1096 for the ASTOR; GRAF Duo door frame crown external dimension Hinge side, range D/1-D/10 Adjustment side, range D/3-D/10 width type (Sk) “60” 913 “70” 1013 “80” 1113 “90”**** 1213 “60+60” 1528 “60+70” 1628 “60+80, 70+70” 1728 “60+90, 70+80” 1828 “70+90, 80+80” 1928 “80+90” 2028 “90+90” 2128 height: (Hk)2177 ****1206 mm for the ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO Duo door frame crown external dimension Adjustment side, range D/1-D/2 width type “60” “70” “80” “90”***** “60+60” “60+70” “60+80, 70+70” “60+90, 70+80” “70+90, 80+80” “80+90” “90+90” height: (Hk)2172 DIN Duo door frame crown external dimension width type “60” “70” “80” “90” “60+60” “60+70” “60+80, 70+70” “60+90, 70+80” “70+90, 80+80” “80+90” “90+90” height: (Hk)2156 (Sk) 903 1003 1103 1203 1518 1618 1718 1818 1918 2018 2118 (Sk) 870 970 1070 1170 1485 1585 1685 1785 1885 1985 2085 *****1196 mm for the ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO The ASTOR DUO, GRAF DUO doors are not available with the “90+90” width PORTHOLES for interior doors Matt, safe glass – included in the standard Transparent glass - extra charge (not applicable BMJ) It is required to order chipboard when installing a viewer view from the side of hinges DOOR MODELS reverse porthole 1 (Ø 240 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick) porthole 2 (Ø 320 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick) BMD porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick) porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 11, 18, 40 mm thick) view from the side of hinges reverse porthole 1 (Ø 250 mm, 35-45 mm thick) porthole 2 (Ø 300 mm, 35-45 mm thick) BMJ porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 35-45 mm thick) porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 35-45 mm thick) view from the side of hinges porthole 2 (Ø 300 mm, 35-45 mm thick) porthole 3 (Ø 350 mm, 35-45 mm thick) porthole 4 (Ø 400 mm, 35-45 mm thick) 128 stainless steel (matt) glass - lakomat reverse porthole 1 (Ø 250 mm, 35-45 mm thick) BMN stainless steel (matt) glass - lakomat stainless steel (matt) glass - lakomat ARGENT CLASSIC CLASSIC LUX, CLASSIC LUX DUO DECO DECO LUX SOFT, DECO LUX ETIUDA Version B0 ETIUDA LUX Version B0 FORM GRAND LUX IMPULS INTERSOLID II2 INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID SOFT SAHARA, KONGO MILENIUM LUX MODERN, MODERN DUO PLYTOWE, PLYTOWE DUO VENA INTER-AMBER SIMPLE, SIMPLE DUO L-PROJEKT Portholes are not available for the remaining door models. PORTHOLES ONLY IN FLUSH VERSIONS (BMD,BMJ,BMN) BMD,BMJ,BMN NOTES 1 1) BMD (BMD,BMJ,BMN)1 (BMD,BMJ,BMN)1 1) porthole only with patterns W03, W09 BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD1 BMD1 (BMD,BMJ,BMN)1 (BMD,BMJ,BMN)1 BMD1 BMD,BMJ,BMN (BMD,BMJ,BMN)1 BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD,BMJ,BMN BMD,BMJ,BMN1 p orthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” only in version W01 1) porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” 2) not applicable to the pattern 10, 11 1) porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” 1) only in versions A, B, C 1) porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” 1) porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” 1) 1) porthole only with widths “70”, “80”, “90” 1) not applicable to the pattern S1, S2 STRIPS laminated veneered HIGH TOP ECO TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE white foil for painted doors and white: 120 PAINTED white 000* wood-like laminate for laminated doors LC1 OVAL STRIP UV varnish natural veneers (collections I,II,III) collections: IV, V, VI, VII RETRO, LIMBA symbol LC1F LC1F LC1F LC1F LC1O LC1R per complete set for single leaf door x x x x x x per complete set for double leaf door x x x x x x LD4O LD4R LD4 MASKING STRIP symbol - - - - x x per complete set for double leaf door - - - - x x 23 23 per complete set for single leaf door symbol LD1F LD1F LD1F LD1F per complete set for single leaf door x x x x - - per complete set for double leaf door x x x x - - 23 15 23 LD1 MASKING STRIP 15 symbol LD6F LD6F LD6F LD6F LD6O LD6R per complete set for single leaf door x x x x x x per complete set for double leaf door x x x x x x LD7 MASKING STRIP 15 15 23 23 15 23 LD6 MASKING STRIP symbol LD7F LD7F LD7F LD7F LD7O LD7R per complete set for single leaf door x x x x x x per complete set for double leaf door x x x x x x 80 symbol LD10F LD10F LD10F LD10F per complete set for single leaf door x x x x - - per complete set for double leaf door x x x x - - LD8O** LD8O*** 15 15 LD10 MASKING STRIP LD8 MASKING STRIP 80 symbol per complete set for single leaf door - - - - x x per complete set for double leaf door - - - - x x the complete set contains 2 vertical strips, 16 mm thick, and 1 horizontal strip, 12 mm thick 80 LD9 MASKING STRIP LD9O** LD9O*** - x x - x x symbol per complete set for single leaf door - - - per complete set for double leaf door - - - the complete set contains 2 vertical strips, 16 mm thick, and 1 horizontal strip, 12 mm thick n RECOMMENDED CONNECTIONS OF STRIPS *available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 **veneered: European oak ***veneered: ebony, light walnut, dark walnut LD8, LD9 A complete set for single leaf doors: 2 strips, length: 2200 mm + 1 strip, length: 1150 mm; A complete set for double leaf doors: 3 strips, length: 2200 mm LC1, LD1, LD4, LD6, LD7, LD10 A complete set for single leaf doors: 2 strips, length: 2150 mm + 1 strip, length: 1150 mm; A complete set for double leaf doors: 3 strips, length: 2150 mm 129 ACCESSORIES n HOOK LOCK (2100 SYSTEM) n HANDLES n HANDLES plastic brass for folding doors (option) for folding doors (standard) 56 mm 124 mm for sliding doors O2 beige O1 white O3 brown O4 grey O5 golden O6 golden-satina O7 patina O9 chrome O8 chrome-satina optional: WC, WK lock chrome, chrome satina, golden, golden-matt, patina The price of optional handles for folding and sliding doors is a complete set price (incl. 2 units). n HANDLES for sliding doors nickel-satina U2 golden-matt U3 chrome U4 chrome-satina 189 mm U1 golden 160 mm 124 mm nickel-satina U5 patina ENTERO handle* MAYA handle* handle (cylinder 26.5 x 26.5) handle handle WK, WB handle WC n DOOR CLOSER WK – the key-operated type, WB – the cylinder type, WC – the bathroom privacy lock type * Not applicable to the models: ASTRO, ASTRO Lux pattern W4, W4S n DOOR STOPS TYPE 2 (FLOOR TYPE) Reinforcement for door closer and under the door frame architrave is required. DOOR CLOSER handle WC There are other door closer models available upon consultation with the Sales Department. brass, nickel, chrome, brown Adaptable only to a min. 40 mm thick leaf (lower rail) TYPE 5 (FLOOR TYPE) OPENER ASSISTANT brass, nickel, chrome, brown drop gasket n HINGE CAPS, TYPE I (a complete set of 2 units for one hinge) n HINGE CAPS, TYPE II (a complete set of 2 units for one hinge) Colours: golden, golden-satina, chrome, chrome-mattt, patina Colours: white, brown, golden, golden-satina, chrome, chrome-matt, patina The type II covers are used for the A, B and D type hinges. A single hinge cover set includes a short cover (the upper part) and the longer cover (the lower part). The type I covers are used for the C type and K type hinges. A single hinge cover set includes two identical covers. n HINGES for interior doors Rebated system Rebated system Rebated system Rebated system Rebated system Non-rebated system Non-rebated system Rebated system Screw-in pivot A type hinge Screw-in pivot B type hinge Screw-in pivot C type hinge Screw-in pivot D type hinge Screw-in pivot K type hinge SFS hinge (NOBLE, FIESTA SYSTEM) ARGENTA type hidden adjustable hinge (DUO SYSTEM) Three-piece T type hinge 130 TYPES OF GLAZING Available at extra charges added to door leaf or single leaf door prices (double leaf doors: the price x 2). Not applicable to the models: FORM, NOBLE, IMPULS, collections FIESTA, ETIUDA A1-A3, SEMPRE, HAPPY. Glass thickness 4 mm n GROUP I KP CP KURA BB CB CHINCHILA colourless plain, transparent, colourless colourless, brown n GROUP II n GROUP III PS TA point-s THELA colourless n GROUP IV Glass thickness 4 mm Glass thickness 4 mm DR DL BI DIAGONAL colourless BR BG* MATT white matt, brown matt, graphite satin *Glass pane trimmed only the models SEMPRE, SEMPRE Alu, SEMPRE Lux, SEMPRE Lux Alu, SEMPRE Sense, SEMPRE Verse (pattern W05**) **Glass thickness 6 mm DG DX DECORMAT white, brown, graphite Only Sempre Verse (patterns W01-W04 white, brown, graphite), Passo (patterns W06, W07 white, brown) Passo Alto (patterns W07-W09 white, brown) 131 ARCO, ARCO ALU X2 ARGENT INTER-AMBER IMPULS, CREO, NOSTRE IMPULS 13 ETIUDA B2, B3, ETIUDA LUX B , B3 ETIUDA A1, B1 ETIUDA B0, B4 ETIUDA LUX A1, B1 ETIUDA LUX B0 DECO, DECO VARIO X X X X ASTRO, ASTRO LUX X1 X X X X2 X2 X X X X X X X X X X X X Protection of the bottom rail against humidity* Plastic tubes T1-T4, T10,T13-T15 Plastic tubes T258-T297 Plastic tubes T121-T147, T258, T292, T295 Plastic tubes TK1-TK3 Brass tubes T5-T7 Tubes TN1-TN5 Brass tubes TK5 Ventilation trim standard Ventilation trim FIESTA Ventilation trim SEMPRE Ventilation trim ARCO double slot ventilator triple slot ventilator Plastic grill Stainless steel grill VENTILATION OPTIONS X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X1 X X X1 X X X1 X X X1 X X X 704 “90” 944 804 slot ventilator in panel leaves – extra charge 1) Ventilation grill only with the "70", "80" and "90" width models 1) Only in the version B1 2) Only in widths “70”, “80”, “90” 1) Only in the version B1 2) Only in widths “70”, “80”, “90” FIESTA/NOBLE/PAINTED DUO X X1 X X1 X X X2 X X2 X X X1 X X1 X X X1 X1 X1 X1 X2 X1 X1 X O nly available on patterns W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6, W7, W7S, W7A 2) Only available on patterns W1, W2, W3, W4, W5, W6 X X X X X X X1 X1 X 1) X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X1 X1 X X B 844 2) X X X X X X Trim only with "80" and "90" the width models The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard 1) Not applicable to the width “60” in patterns W03, W09 1) X1 X X X X X X X NOTES PANEL STRUCTURE A “80” X2 X X2 X X X X X Ventilation trim in non-rebated doors in FIESTA ’09 and NOBLE collection and painted DUO – extra charge STANDARD 1) FORM, INTERSOLID, INTERSOLID SOFT, INTERSOLID II, SAHARA, KONGO, MODERN, QUATTRO SOFT, HAPPY DECO LUX, DECO LUX SOFT, DECO LUX SOFT VARIO, GRAND LUX, MILENIUM LUX, PLYTOWE, VENA, VITTORIA-W, SIMPLE, ASTOR, GRAF, CLASSIC, CLASSIC LUX, TIARA FIORD LUMEN NOBLE I, NOBLE II PASSO, PASSO ALTO SABIA, CALYPSO FOLDING DOORS VERTO SEMPRE LUX, SEMPRE LUX ALU, SEMPRE Inserto, SEMPRE Sense, SEMPRE Verse3 (veneered), SEMPRE GRAVI SEMPRE, SEMPRE ALU, SEMPRE ONDA, SEMPRE VERSE3 (Lamistone, Silkstone) L-PROJEKT VERTIGO, VERTIGO LUX X1 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X1 X X Ventilation grill only with the standard height Ventilation trim in rebated veneered doors - extra charge ventilation trim in other door versions - extra charge 1) ARCO Ventilation grill only with the standard height Trim available only in models I-IX 1) Ventilation grill only with the standard height and the "70", "80" and "90" width models 1) X1 X1 X X1 1) Only in the model CLASSIC 1) Trim available only in models I-IV Trim only available on widths “80”, “90” The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard 3) Not applicable to the pattern W05, W06, W07, W08, W09 ARCO “80” with ventilation trim ARCO “90” with ventilation trim 1) X2 X2 X1 X1 2) VERTIGO Trim only available on widths “80”, “90” 2) The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard 3) Not applicable to the pattern W05, W06, W07, W08, W09 1) Not applicable to the pattern S1, S2 1) X2 X2 X2 X X X1 X X X X X X X X X X VERIMO X X X 2 2 X1 X X 1 X X X1 X1 X X 1) 1) X 2 1 2) Ventilation grill only with the standard height Trim only with “80” and “90” the width models The width “60” offers 3 tubes as a standard VERTIGO “80” leaf with slot ventilator VERTIGO “90” leaf with slot ventilator * Not applicable to door leaves with ventilation trim For the DUO collection, the ventilation options are available as for the individual door models n VENTILATION* SEMPRE/ SEMPRE DUO SEMPRE VERIMO ARCO LUMEN/VERTO 132 “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” “110” “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” “110” “60” “70” “80” “90” “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” “60” “70” “80” “90” “100” 0,019 0,022 0,026 0,029 0,033 0,036 0,016 0,020 0,024 0,028 0,032 0,036 0,015 0,019 0,023 0,027 0,017 0,021 0,026 0,030 0,034 0,014 0,018 0,023 0,027 0,032 0,009 0,010 0,011 0,012 0,013 0,014 0,009 0,010 0,011 0,012 0,013 0,014 0,010 0,011 0,012 0,013 0,009 0,010 0,011 0,012 0,014 25** 20** 15** 15** 10** 10** 25** 20** 15** 15** 10** 10** 20** 15** 15** 10** 25** 20** 15** 15** 10** 0,011 0,012 0,013 0,014 0,015 0,016 0,011 0,012 0,013 0,014 0,015 0,016 - An additional clearance between door leaf lower edge and floor is required to fulfil requirements of the regulation* [mm] Cumulative cross-section of tubes and standard clearance 10mm [m2] Cumulative cross-section of tubes and standard clearance 10mm [m2] An additional clearance between door leaf lower edge and floor is required to fulfil requirements of the regulation* [mm] An additional clearance between door leaf lower edge and floor is required to fulfil requirements of the regulation* [mm] 10** 15** 5** 15** 5** 15** 10** - DOOR WITH TWO ROWS OF VENTILATION TUBES 20** 15** 15** 10** 10** 10** 20** 15** 15** 10** 10** 10** - SEMPRE “80” with ventilation trim SEMPRE “90” with ventilation trim PDF stworzony przez wersję demonstracyjną pdfFactory Pro www.pdffactory.com Clearance between door leaves and floor: max. 35 mm DUO/FIESTA/NOBLE/ LPROJEKT (NON- Rebated ) Rebated DOOR WIDTH Total cross-section of ventilation holes with the 10mm clearance maintained [m2] DOOR WITH VENTILATION TRIM DOOR WITH VENTILATION TUBES SEMPRE “80” leaf with slot ventilator SEMPRE “90” leaf with slot ventilator PDF stworzony przez wersję demonstracyjną pdfFactory Pro www.pdffactory.com One or two rows of ventilation tubes slot ventilator in the SEMPRE collection leaves - extra charge Panel with ventilation surface Ventilation trim Double-sided panel “70”, “80”, “90”, “100” - extra charge Standard clearance between the door leaf and floor is 10 mm. *Following the Regulation by the Minister of Infrastructure, dated April 12, 2002 in the matter of the technical conditions to be satisfied by buildings and their location. (Journal of Laws No. 75 of 2002, item 690 with subsequent amendments, Journal of Laws No. 33 of 2003, item 270, Journal of Laws No. 109 of 2004, item 1156) Chapter 6, §.79. “Bathroom door, washroom door and separated water closet door should open outwards of the room, be at least 0.8 m wide and 2 m height within the frame passage (with exception of § 75 article 2), and the bottom part should contain air inflow holes of the minimum total section area of 0.022 m2” ** Increase the clearance by the specified value by shortening the door leaf from the bottom side in case when shortening is possible. Door leaves in which shortening is impossible. - Etiuda, (Etiuda Lux) patterns A1-A3 - Astro, Astro Lux patterns W1S-W9S and W1A-W9A - Sempre Verse patterns W05-W08 Sliding door leaves fulfil requirements of the regulation without the need to add a ventilation trim or ventilation tubes due to their structural design (set away from wall/tunnel by about 20 mm). The ventilation grills and the stainless steel panels with ventilation surface fulfil requirements of the regulation. VENTILATION OPTIONS n VENTILATION TUBES (a complete set of 4 units) T5 chrome T7 patina T6 satinised chrome TN1 chrome gloss TK5 stainless steel TN2 chrome matt TN3 nickel-satina TN4 height quality steel effect TN5 patina n VENTILATION TUBES made of plastic (a complete set of 4 units) TK1 chrome-satina T1 brown TK2 nickel-satina T2 beige T3 golden TK3 golden-satina T4 white T10 light brown T13 light beige T14 grey T15 black T258 white T263 premium walnut T265 wenge T138 premium oak T132 nut T133 dark oak T136 dark acacia T140 dark ash T141 Salinas oak T142 white pine T143 Scandinavian oak T144 bright aralia T145 dark aralia T292 T293 T294 T295 T276 T296 T297 T279 Royal chestnut Royal anthracite Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish oak Polish ash tree Royal nougat Brazilian nut tree The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. The ventilation tubes do not fulfil the requirements of the Ministerial regulation concerning the cumulative cross-section of the holes for air supply. T284 Siberian oak T288 Royal maple T295 British oak T137 nut Palermo T139 southern oak SILKSTONE T258 white T122 T124 T125 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut common walnut T129 chestnut T131 maple ECO TOP T121 oak T260 white oak HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL n VENTILATION TUBES made of plastic (a complete set of 4 units) - ARCO, ARCO Alu, IMPULS, ETIUDA, INTER-AMBER T147 patina ash T292 coffee ash T132 Italian walnut n Ventilation grills* made of plastic made of stainless steel white brown beige grey H17 clip fastening Grills and panels made of stainless steel are optionally available The area of air inflow holes is more than 0.022 m2 acid resistant, clip fastening *Following the Regulation by the Minister of Infrastructure, dated April 12, 2002 in the matter of the technical conditions to be satisfied by buildings and their location. (Journal of Laws No. 75 of 2002, item 690 with subsequent amendments, Journal of Laws No. 33 of 2003, item 270, Journal of Laws No. 109 of 2004, item 1156) Chapter 6, §.79. “Bathroom door, washroom door and separated water closet door should open outwards of the room, be at least 0.8 m wide and 2 m height within the frame passage (with exception of § 75 article 2), and the bottom part should contain air inflow holes of the minimum total section area of 0.022 m2” 133 CERBER II n STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf (rebated system – for a standard metal frame): wooden rail and stile topped with two HDF boards, core made of perforated chipboard, optional: solid chipboard (extra charge) ∙∙Door (rebated system): door leaf, fixed or adjustable pine wood door frame, threshold with aluminium strip n WAY OF OPENING Three-point mortise bolt lock Angular sheet ∙∙Traditional (inwards) or outwards n HARDWARE ∙∙Door (a complete set including a door frame): pivot hinge, adjustable in 3 planes (3 units)- silver, 2 independent anti-burglar bolts; two three-bolt mortise cylinder locks (without cylinders); the viewer - silver ∙∙Rebated door leaf: pivot hinges suitable for metal door frames which comply with the Polish industrial standards (2 units in “80”, 3 units in “90”), 2 independent anti-burglar bolts; two single-point mortise cylinder locks (without cylinders); the viewer - silver ∙∙Door VERSION 37 dB: pivot hinge, adjustable in 3 planes (3 units) - silver, 5 independent anti-burglar bolts; strip type multi-point lock with class 6 cylinders; the viewer – silver Multi-point strip type lock bolt in 37 dB VERSION Oak threshold with an aluminium strip Pivot hinge, adjustable in 3 planes n Technical Specifications ∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 27 dB or class 37 dB n DIMENSIONS ∙∙Door leaf (dimensions in rebate): 818, 918 x 2020 mm ∙∙Door (on the external side of the frame): 895, 995 x 2067 mm ∙∙Door: the 37 dB VERSION (on the external side of the door frame): 1012 x 2075 mm The door design enables shortening to 50 mm - standard n CORES Perforated chipboard Solid chipboard (option) pattern A1 pattern A2 pattern A3 CERBER ALU available with the LAMISTONE colour scheme, the SILKSTONE colour scheme, veneered (in case of inquiries related with development projects, CERBER ALU in other colour scheme is available). 134 Technical Approval ITB: AT-15-8773/2011 Technical Approval ITB: AT-15-7560/2013 Aluminium strips for the CERBER doors, pattern 1, 2, 3 available at an extra charge The solid chipboard core must be used. n CERBER II DOOR LEAVES (versions) FLUSH VERSION 00 DECOR 02 DECOR 03 VERSION 37 dB 00 POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication The adjustable door frame can be used with the entrance door (p. 139) (not applicable to PCV surface) and the Q-SYSTEM frame (p. 123) n COLOURS Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. ECO TOP HIGH TOP NEW 120 121 white 122 oak 137 139 Palermo walnut 124 125 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut southern oak 140 141 dark ash 131 common walnut 133 nut 135 dark oak British oak 136 dark acacia 143 white pine 144 Scandinavian oak bright aralia 145 chestnut 138 147 premium oak patina ash 148 coffee ash CPL Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. 146 dark aralia 129 LAMISTONE NEW 142 Salinas oak 132 maple NEW Italian walnut PAINTED CPL 0,2 mm LAMINATED CPL 0,5 mm* 258 white NEW 820 221 white 222 beech 223 grey cherry tree 229 821 oak anthracite 920 251 252 beech 259 oak 921 grey anthracite 965 wenge HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used K1238 AR+ 0901-HW L-P 5G VENEERED light oak 9417-HW L-P 20G 863 premium walnut 4447-6 312 326 limba 323 beech L-P 21 332 rustic oak 334 maple European oak 350 graphite 351 marrone 293 Royal anthracite NEW 371 NEW 372 NEW 380 NEW 381 NEW 382 263 premium walnut 265 wenge Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 279 284 Siberian oak Royal maple 288 292 294 295 296 297 Brazilian nut tree Royal chestnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat collection VI 352 nero LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer NEW white oak SILKSTONE Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; available finishes: matt or gloss. collection VII 370 white colours of RAL and NCS (NCS s0500-N) palettes (except the metallic ones) Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table 276 - p. 141 (min. 2 units). Polish oak The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection II collection III collection IV collection I 311 L-P 9G 260 000 The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. NEW white HPL* *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department 611-613 SAHARA 621-623 KONGO RETRO – oak veneer NEW 383 421 422 424 340 404 405 cappucino mokka teak ebony dark walnut light walnut white-stained truffle oak coffee oak natural ash moreno ash rubio ash negro ash oak The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. 135 ANTI-BURGLAR DOOR B-30/C-30 The door is designed for closing openings inside buildings. It can be used as internal entrance door leading from corridors or staircases to apartments in multifamily buildings, to residential rooms in collective dwellings and to rooms in public utility buildings. n SPECIFICATIONS Fire resistance: 30 min Acoustic insulation: class Rw = 37 dB Enhanced resistance to burglary Smoke control W0 B-30 n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame) ∙∙1012 x 2075 mm ∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm; 980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm ∙∙Availability of 1112 x 2175 mm door conforms to the increased anti-burglar protection standard, III European anti-burglary class, fire resistance: 30 min, acoustic insulation: 37 dB, without the smoke control standard n STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set, topped with two HDF boards, the core made of a special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness 56 mm ∙∙Door frame: standard - fixed pine wood door frame, the door frame with one-side adjustment is optional ∙∙20 mm height oak threshold n WAY OF OPENING ∙∙Opened outwards or inwards n HARDWARE C-30 n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame) ∙∙1012 x 2075 mm ∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm; 980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm ∙∙Availability of 1112 x 2175 mm door; conforms to the increased class “C” anti-burglary protection standard, III European anti-burglary class, fire resistance: 30 min, acoustic insulation: 37 dB, without the smoke control standard - available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department n STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set, topped with two HDF boards, the core made of a special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness 56 mm ∙∙Door frame: standard - fixed pine wood door frame, the door frame with one-side adjustment is optional ∙∙20 mm height oak threshold n WAY OF OPENING ∙∙Opened outwards or inwards ∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 72 mm, colour: silver ∙∙3 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts n HARDWARE ∙∙Recommended equipment: the GARDA rose, the GARDA class 3 handle, class 6 cylinders 6, viewer - extra charge ∙∙The standard includes: a hole drilled for the GARDA handle* ∙∙NOTE! The door should be provided with an automatic door closer conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1154:1999/A1:2004/AC:2010 standards and door handles conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions. To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard. n EQUIPMENT ∙∙III European anti-burglary resistance class ∙∙Smoke control: Sa, Sm ∙∙Fire resistance: 30 min ∙∙Acoustic insulation: 37db n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS n EQUIPMENT n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS * Available without drilled holes, it is recommended to use an increased anti-burglary resistance handle 136 ∙∙Strip type mortise five-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 3 hooks), spacing: 72 mm, colour: silver ∙∙3 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts ∙∙Handle and plate set with cylinder protection, class 6 cylinders (nickel-satin), viewer available at extra charge ∙∙NOTE! The door should be provided with an automatic door closer conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1154:1999/A1:2004/AC:2010 standards and door handles conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions. To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard. ∙∙Top class “C” anti-burglary resistance ∙∙III European anti-burglary resistance class ∙∙Smoke control: Sa, Sm ∙∙Fire resistance: 30 min ∙∙Acoustic insulation: 37db Technical Approval: AT-15-7560/2013 Certificate of Conformance: ITB-1807/W Class 3 handle (standard: chrome) white painted ECO TOP laminated CPL 0.2 mm HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL veneered SILKSTONE natural veneers collections I,II,III UV varnish RETRO, LIMBA, COLLECTION iv, VI, VII The door dimensions Sd (mm) So (mm) Hd (mm) Ho (mm) 1012 x 2075 1012 1040 2075 2090 1012 x 2000 1012 1040 2000 2015 1012 x 1950 1012 1040 1950 1965 980 x 2075 980 1010 2075 2090 980 x 2000 980 1010 2000 2015 980 x 1950 980 1010 1950 1965 880 x 2075 880 910 2075 2090 880 x 2000 880 910 2000 2015 880 x 1950 880 910 1950 1965 Sd, Hd – the door dimensions on the external side of the door frame So, Ho – recommended installation dimension POL-SKONE offers fire-proof doors with sound insulation and smoke control as well as many solutions for the project development market in a separate publication Adaptability of the adjustable door frame - see p. 139 n COLOURS Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. ECO TOP HIGH TOP NEW 120 121 white 122 oak 137 139 Palermo walnut 124 125 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut southern oak 140 141 dark ash 131 common walnut 133 nut dark oak 135 British oak 136 dark acacia CPL 0,2 mm CPL 0,5 mm* 147 premium oak patina ash 148 coffee ash 143 white pine 144 Scandinavian oak bright aralia 145 dark aralia 146 CPL Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. Italian walnut NEW 258 820 221 white 222 beech 223 grey cherry tree 229 821 oak anthracite 920 251 252 beech 259 oak 921 grey anthracite L-P 5G premium walnut collection I light oak 9417-HW 965 wenge 312 326 limba 323 beech L-P 21 332 rustic oak 334 maple European oak NEW 370 371 white-stained truffle oak oak PAINTED white (NCS s0500-N) NEW 372 coffee oak NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash NEW 382 Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. 350 graphite 279 284 Siberian oak Royal maple 288 292 293 294 295 296 297 Royal anthracite rubio ash Brazilian nut tree Royal chestnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat collection VI 351 marrone 352 611-613 nero SAHARA LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer collection VII NEW wenge 276 Polish oak Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; available finishes: matt or gloss. 4447-6 L-P 20G 265 premium walnut after consultation with the Sales Department The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. collection II collection III collection IV VENEERED 311 L-P 9G 263 white oak *Available for construction development inquiries SILKSTONE HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used K1238 AR+ 0901-HW 260 white 863 NEW white HPL* 138 chestnut LAMISTONE LAMINATED 000 129 NEW 142 Salinas oak 132 maple NEW 621-623 KONGO RETRO – oak veneer NEW 383 negro ash 421 cappucino 422 mokka 424 teak 340 ebony 404 dark walnut 405 light walnut Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units). colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. Differences in colour shades of door leaves and door frames are possible 137 ANTI-BURGLAR RC3 The door is designed for closing openings inside buildings. It can be used as internal entrance door leading from corridors or staircases to apartments in multifamily buildings, to residential rooms in collective dwellings and to rooms in public utility buildings. n SPECIFICATIONS Acoustic insulation: class Rw = 32 dB Enhanced resistance to burglary W0 RC3 with metal door frame n DIMENSIONS RC3 with wooden door frame n DIMENSIONS (on the external side of the door frame) ∙∙Door leaf (dimensions in rebate) 924 x 2022 mm ∙∙Door (on the external side of the door frame) 1004 x 2071 mm ∙∙Door (on the external side of the door frame) 1012 x 2075 mm ∙∙Optional dimensions: 880x1950 mm; 880x2000 mm; 880x2075 mm; 980x1950 mm; 980x2000 mm; 980x2075 mm; 1012x1950 mm; 1012x2000 mm n STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, the core made of special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness: 50 mm, door leaf thickness: 50 mm ∙∙Door frame: metal ∙∙Oaken threshold n WAY OF OPENING ∙∙Opened outwards or inwards n HARDWARE ∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 92 mm, colour: silver ∙∙4 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts n EQUIPMENT ∙∙Recommended equipment option: the GARDA rose, the class 3 GARDA handle (spacing: 92 mm), class 6 cylinders, viewer available at extra charge ∙∙The standard includes a borehole for the GARDA handle* (spacing: 92 mm) ∙∙Adaptability of the ES1 averse electric door strike by Bira ∙∙NOTE! To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating in accordance with the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard. n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ∙∙Anti-burglar resistance: class RC3** ∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 32 dB painted*** ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE laminated CPL 0.2 mm UV varnish veneered laminated CPL 0.5 mm veneered collections I, II, III n STRUCTURE ∙∙Door leaf: wooden rail and stile set topped with two HDF boards, the core made of special POL-SKONE structure, door leaf thickness: 50 mm ∙∙Door frame: standard – fixed wooden (adaptability of widening panels); optional – door frame with one-side adjustment ∙∙Oaken threshold, height: 20 mm n WAY OF OPENING ∙∙Opened outwards or inwards n HARDWARE ∙∙Strip type mortise four-point bolt lock (2 bolts, 2 hooks), spacing: 92 mm, colour: silver ∙∙4 pivot hinges adjustable in 3 planes in silver colour, 5 anti-burglar bolts n EQUIPMENT ∙∙Recommended equipment option: the GARDA rose, the class 3 GARDA handle (spacing: 92 mm), class 6 cylinders, viewer available at extra charge ∙∙The standard includes a borehole for the GARDA handle* (spacing: 92 mm) ∙∙Adaptability of the ES1 averse electric door strike by Bira ∙∙NOTE! To ensure that the door meets anti-burglar specifications, door handles should comply with min. class 3 anti-burglar resistance rating in accordance with the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard whereas door lock cylinders should comply with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard. n TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ∙∙Anti-burglar resistance: class RC3** ∙∙Acoustic insulation: class 32 dB RETRO, LIMBA, collections IV, VI, VII * Availability without making bore-holes, a handle and plate set offering enhanced anti-burglar resistance should be used (at least that of class 3 according to PN-EN 1906:2012) ** Provided that the door leaf is combined with the BKT anti-burglar metal frame or the POL-SKONE wooden frame, a handle and plate set complying with min. class 3 protection rating in accordance with PN-EN1906:2012 and door lock cylinders complying with min. class 4 key-related resistance rating and min. class 1 attack resistance rating according to the PN-EN PN-EN 1303:2007+AC:2008 standard. ***RAL and NCS palettes – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 138 ∙∙Technical Approval: AT-15-7560/2013 ADJUSTABLE FRAMES FOR ENTRANCE DOORS n FOR B-30, C-30, CERBER II, RC3 ANTI-BURGLARY DOORS EXTRA CHARGE FOR THE ADJUSTMENT SET FOR B-30, C-30, RC3, CERBER II BURGLAR RESISTANT DOORS AND TECHNICAL DOORS (WITH FLAT STRIPS - 60 mm) (DOOR FRAMES ARE MILLED ON ONE SIDE TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION OF PANELS AND ARCHITRAVES) laminated HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE wood look-alike laminate ECO TOP painted* wood look-alike foil CERBER II ZC range in mm 92-402 B-30, C-30, RC3 ZB range in mm 100-542 UV varnish veneered veneered collections I, II, III RETRO, LIMBA, COLLECTION VI Double leaf frames available for extra charge * RAL/NCS – available for extra charge according to the colour table – p. 141 Door frames with Model 2000 and Model Retro type strips (available only in the colours of door frames for Model 2000 and Model Retro interior doors) Frames with dimensions other than presented in the table - available at extra charge Architrave Door strip for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors Architrave fixed in the panel Door strip Panel Architrave fixed in the panel Panel 198 mm for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors Door strip Panel for B-30, C-30, RC3 doors for cerber II doors Architrave fixed in the panel Panel Door strip Architrave fitted in the door frame Door strip Symbol Adjustment range Complete set ZB1 100-120 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm ZB2 120-144 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm Symbol Adjustment range Complete set ZB3 144-188 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 76 mm ZB4 188-210 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 76 mm ZB5 210-254 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142 mm ZB6 254-276 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142 mm ZB7 276-320 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208 mm ZB8 320-342 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208 mm ZB9 342-386 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 274 mm ZB10 386-410 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 274 mm Symbol Adjustment range Complete set ZB11 410-429 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142+198 mm ZB12 429-476 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142+198 mm ZB13 476-495 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208+198 mm ZB14 495-542 door frame: 100 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208+198 mm Symbol Adjustment range Complete set ZC 1 92-112 ZC 2 112-136 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm ZC 3 136-180 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 76 mm ZC 4 180-202 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 76 mm ZC 5 202-246 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 142 mm ZC 6 246-268 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 142 mm ZC 7 268-312 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 208 mm ZC 8 312-334 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 208 mm ZC 9 334-378 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 32 mm, panel 274 mm ZC 10 378-402 door frame: 92 mm, strip, architrave 52 mm, panel 274 mm 139 ECO TOP HIGH TOP LAMISTONE CPL SILKSTONE LAMINATED CPL 0,2 mm CPL 0,5 mm CPL 0,7 mm ARCO p. 8 ARCO alu p. 10 VERIMO p. 12 INTER-AMBER p. 14 Impuls p. 16 CREO p. 18 Etiuda p. 20 Etiuda Lux p. 22 Deco/Deco vario p. 24 Simple/ASTOR/GRAF p. 26 Classic/CLASSIC Lux/fiord p. 28 PLytowe p. 30 Modern p. 32 Happy p. 34 TIARA p. 36 ASTRO p. 38 VERTIGO p. 40 VERTIGO Lux p. 42 ASTRO Lux p. 44 Deco Lux/Lux Soft/Lux Soft vario p. 46 NOSTRE p. 48 SEMPRe p. 50 SEMPRe Alu p. 52 SEMPRe Onda p. 54 SEMPRe Lux p. 56 SEMPRe Lux Alu p. 58 SEMPRe Inserto p. 60 SEMPRe Sense p. 62 SEMPRe Gravi p. 64 SEMPRe Verse p. 66 Sahara/ Kongo p. 68 Quattro Soft p. 70 Intersolid/ Intersolid Soft p. 72 Intersolid II p. 74 Vittoria-W p. 76 Vena/Grand Lux/Milenium Lux p. 78 ARGENT p. 80 Noble I/ Noble II p. 82 Passo/ Passo Alto p. 84 Calypso p. 86 Sabia p. 88 Form p. 90 L-Projekt p. 92 Verto p. 94 Lumen p. 96 SOUNDPROOF DOORS p. 98 DUO SOUNDPROOF DOORS p. 100 FOLDING DOORS p. 102 Cerber II p. 134 B-30/ C-30 p. 136 ANTI-BURGLAR RC3 DOOR p. 138 COLOURS 120 121 122 124 125 131 132 133 135 136 137 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 129 138 147 148 258 260 263 265 276 279 284 288 292 293 294 295 296 297 221 222 223 229 820 821 863 251 252 259 920 921 965 720 721 765 771 772 779 HPL VENEERED UV varnish retro limba PAINTED 140 311 312 323 326 332 334 350 351 352 353 370 371 372 380 381 382 383 390 431 432 433 340 404 405 421 422 424 611-613 621-623 000 RAL/NCS • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • COLOURS (Differences in colour shades of door leaves, door frames and edges are possible) Environment-friendly and wear-resistant surface. ECO TOP HIGH TOP NEW 120 121 white 122 oak 137 Palermo walnut 139 southern oak SILKSTONE 276 Polish oak 141 dark ash Salinas oak 131 common walnut 142 white pine 132 maple 133 nut 135 dark oak British oak 279 Brazilian nut tree 143 144 Scandinavian oak bright aralia 145 dark aralia white 284 Siberian oak 288 Royal maple 292 293 294 Royal chestnut Royal anthracite 295 296 129 chestnut 138 147 148 premium oak patina ash coffee ash LAMISTONE CPL 297 258 white 260 white oak 263 265 premium walnut wenge The colours printed in this catalogue may vary from the actual colours due to the quality of height volume print process. *Available for construction development inquiries after consultation with the Sales Department 221 222 beech 223 grey 229 cherry tree 821 oak 863 anthracite premium walnut 771 772 beech 779 grey 721 oak NEW 920 white 251 beech 252 oak 259 grey 921 wenge Exemplary HPL colours. To agree on the details, consult the Sales Department; available finishes: matt or gloss. 765 anthracite 965 anthracite HPL 0.6 - 1.0 mm laminates can be optionally used HPL* white 146 Italian walnut Royal ash tree Royal merbau Polish ash tree Royal nougat NEW 720 dark acacia Surface finish with coating which provides protection from wear and impact of chemical agents. Recommended for public utility buildings and applicable to intensive door use conditions, e.g. in hotels, offices. NEW 820 136 NEW CPL 0,5 mm* CPL 0,2 mm 140 125 Surface with LAMISTONE CPL finish with additional, unique real wood grain effect. LAMINATED CPL 0,7 mm* 124 bavaria beech Caucasian walnut NEW wenge PAINTED Environment-friendly acrylic paints, colours of RAL and NCS palettes (except the metallic ones) – available at extra charge according to the colour specification table - p. 141 (min. 2 units) VENEERED 000 white colours of RAL and NCS palettes (NCS s0500-N) (except the metallic ones) collection I collection II collection III collection IV UV varnish The POL-SKONE veneered doors are coated with environment-friendly UV varnish. It is certainly more resistant to scratches and light than standard varnishes, including those laid in multiple layers. 311 light oak 312 326 limba beech collection V 431 natural oak collection VII rustic oak 332 maple 334 350 European oak graphite 351 352 marrone nero 432 medium walnut 433 black walnut 371 SAHARA A Sense graphite 612 SAHARA B 613 SAHARA C 621 KONGO A 622 KONGO B 623 KONGO C 421 cappucino 422 424 mokka teak RETRO – oak veneer NEW white-stained truffle oak oak 611 353 LIMBA – Swiss pine veneer collection VI NEW 370 323 NEW 372 coffee oak NEW 380 natural ash NEW 381 moreno ash NEW 382 rubio ash NEW 383 negro ash NEW 390 natural walnut 340 ebony 404 dark walnut 405 light walnut n RAL PALETTE classification of colours according to colour intensity level GROUP 1 – bright colours: extra charge 1013 1014 1015 6019 7035 7038 7044 7047 9001 9002 9003 9010 9016 9018 GROUP 2 – intermediate colours: extra charge 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1012 1016 1017 1018 1023 1028 1032 1034 1037 3012 3015 6027 6034 7001 7004 7040 7042 7045 GROUP 3 – medium colours: extra charge 1011 1019 1020 1024 1027 1033 2000 2001 2003 2004 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 3013 3014 3017 3018 3022 3027 4001 4002 4003 4005 4006 4008 5014 5015 5018 5021 5023 5024 6000 6001 6002 6003 6010 6011 6013 6017 6018 6021 6024 6025 6033 7000 7002 7003 7023 7030 7031 7032 7033 7039 7046 8000 8001 8024 8025 GROUP 4 – dark colours: extra charge 3003 3004 3005 3007 3009 3011 4004 4007 5000 5001 5002 5003 5004 5005 5007 5008 5009 5010 5011 5013 5017 5019 5020 5022 6004 6005 6006 6012 6014 6015 6016 6020 6022 6026 6028 6029 6032 7005 7006 7008 7009 7010 7011 7012 7013 7015 7016 7021 7022 7024 7026 7043 8002 8003 8011 8012 8014 8015 8016 8017 8019 8022 8023 8028 Door model GROUP 1 GROUP 2 GROUP 3 GROUP 4 EXTRA CHARGE TABLE PLYTOWE, ASTOR, GRAF, FIORD, CLASSIC Lux, SIMPLE, CLASSIC, incl. the extra charges added to Regarding the availability of NCS colours, FOLDING DOORS, SIMPLE Duo, GRAF Duo, ASTOR Duo, CLASSIC Lux Duo, leaves with RAL, NCS S please consult our Sales Department FIORD Duo, MODERN Duo, PLYTOWE Duo the price is subject to individual calculation according to the colour VERTIGO, MODERN, ASTRO, HAPPY, CERBER II, B-30/C-30, RC3 groups** DOOR FRAMES The actual colours may vary from the colours printed in this catalogue. The actual colour shades of veneers may vary since the veneers used are natural. 4009 4010 5012 7034 7036 7037 6007 6008 6009 8004 8007 8008 **extra charge added to one leaf 141 HANDLES n ARCO colour brushed nickel colour colour stainless steel n VERSA chrome chrome satin colour satin nickel Split plate brushed nickel chrome satin colour satin nickel Split plate Split plate inox colour n LUGLIO colour stainless steel colour chrome/nickel n OTONO Split plate glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel colour n VERANO Split plate glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel n INVERNO Split plate colour glossy chrome, brushed chrome, brushed nickel n AUTUNNO Split plate glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel, black n ESTATE Split plate colour glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel, chrome velvet n PRIMAVERA Split plate colour glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel Split plate colour glossy chrome, brushed chrome, titanium, brushed nickel, black The insert in the colour of the door is available 142 nickel n APRILE Split plate colour chrome satin n MAGGIO n AGOSTO Split plate colour brushed nickel Split plate n IMAGE-O INOX colour satin nickel n CRUX Split plate colour Split plate Split plate antique brass n MENSA n ARCUS n IMAGE-QR Split plate HANDLES n SEMPRE n GRAVI Split plate colour n LATINO Split plate nickel colour Split plate nickel colour n LINEA n PASSO colour nickel-matt chrome-mat n ENCKE colour antique brass satin nickel Split plate colour n BIELA graphite satin nickel Split plate brushed nickel colour satin nickel brushed nickel Split plate chrome / brushed nickel / antique brass colour stainless steel/chrome n FAYE Split plate Split plate antique brass colour antique brass n TRITTON n GALE n HALLEY colour colour n TWIST Split plate brushed nickel Split plate stainless steel chrome / brushed nickel / antique brass colour nickel-matt / patina Handles for eNTRANCE doors n OTERMA colour n OTERMA II colour spacing 72 mm silver / gold / old gold / titanium, inox CLASS II spacing 72 mm silver / gold / old gold / titanium, inox n JANE colour chrome/nickel spacing 72 mm brown grafiato In case of the Cerber inward opening door - the direction of the requested JANE handle should be opposite to the direction of the door (e.g. the CERBER LEFT inward opening type - the JANE RIGHT handle). In case of the Cerber outward opening door - the direction of the requested JANE handle should be same as the direction of the door (e.g. the CERBER LEFT outward opening type - the JANE LEFT handle). n GARDA spacing 72 mm colour F1 (chrome) spacing 92 mm F1 (chrome) 143 Handles for eNTRANCE doors n PRESTIGE CLASS 3 spacing 72 mm colour chrome/inox spacing 92 mm spacing 92 mm chrome black n Cylinders for INTERIOR entrance doors the B class cylinder the 6 class (C class) cylinder 1 unit 1 unit (incl. the knob) a complete set – 2 units (incl. the knob) golden, silver golden, silver golden, nickel-satina for the B-30 doors for the CERBER II doors* for the RC3 doors * You are requested to specify the door opening direction while ordering the cylinders with knobs. n Cylinders for interior doors viewer colour: silver, golden Designed for CERBER II entrance door 1 unit Designed for B 30, C 30 entrance door golden, silver for the rebated 30/35 for the non-rebated single leaf type 30/30 for the non-rebated double leaf type 30/35 TECHNICAL APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATES For the comprehensive information about approvals and certificates, please visit www.pol-skone.eu 2014 ® ® INSTYTUT TECHNIKI BUDOWLANEJ INSTYTUT TECHNIKI BUDOWLANEJ PL 00-611 PL 00-611 WARSZAWA, ul. FILTROWA 1 Członek Europejskiej Unii Akceptacji Technicznej w Budownictwie-UEAtc Członek Europejskiej Organizacji ds. Aprobat Technicznych-EOTA Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE Egzemplarz archiwalny APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB AT-15-6411/2010 Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U. Nr 249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497) w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy: POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin Seria: APROBATY TECHNICZNE Egzemplarz archiwalny Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U. Nr 249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497), w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy: APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB AT-15-7560/2013 Na podstawie rozporz dzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowa nionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U. Nr 249 z 2004 r., poz. 2497), w wyniku post powania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie na wniosek firmy: POL-SKONE Spółka z o.o. ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który jest integraln czci niniejszej Aprobaty Technicznej ITB. stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw: Drzwi wewntrzlokalowe przesuwne i skadane systemu POL-SKONE w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który jest integraln czci niniejszej Aprobaty Technicznej ITB. DYREKTOR Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej Termin wanoci : 29 czerwca 2015 r. Egzemplarz archiwalny APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB AT-15-6473/2010 stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw: Drzwi wewntrzlokalowe rozwierane i skadane systemu POL-SKONE Marek Kapro WARSZAW A, ul. FILTROWA 1 tel.: (48 22) 825-04-71; (48 22) 825-76-55 - fax: (48 22) 825-52-86 tel.: (48 22) 825-04-71; (48 22) 825-76-55; fax: (48 22) 825-52-86 Czonek Europejskiej Unii Aprobat Technicznych w Budownictwie – UEAtc Czonek Europejskiej Organizacji ds. Aprobat Technicznych – EOTA Termin wanoci : 29 grudnia 2015 r. DYREKTOR Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej stwierdza si przydatno Zacznik: Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne Na podstawie rozporzdzenia Ministra Infrastruktury z dnia 8 listopada 2004 r. w sprawie aprobat technicznych oraz jednostek organizacyjnych upowanionych do ich wydawania (Dz. U. Nr 249, poz. 2497), w wyniku postpowania aprobacyjnego dokonanego w Instytucie Techniki Budowlanej w Warszawie, na wniosek firmy: do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw : POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. ul. Lucyny Herc 8, 20-328 Lublin Drzwi wewn trzne wej ciowe POL-SKONE B-30, POL-SKONE C-30, POL-SKONE EI 30 i POL-SKONE SR 39 w zakresie i na zasadach okre lonych w Zał czniku, który stanowi integraln cz Aprobaty Technicznej ITB. niniejszej stwierdza si przydatno do stosowania w budownictwie wyrobów pod nazw: Drewniane drzwi wewntrzne wejciowe CERBER systemu Pol-Skone w zakresie i na zasadach okrelonych w Zaczniku, który stanowi integraln cz niniejszej Aprobaty Technicznej ITB. Termin wa no ci: 8 sierpnia 2013 r. Termin wanoci: Zał cznik: Marek Kapro APROBATA TECHNICZNA ITB AT-15-8773/2011 Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne DYREKTOR Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej 22 grudnia 2016 r. Zacznik: Zacznik: Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne Warszawa, 29 czerwca 2010 r. Warszawa, 29 grudnia 2010 r. Marek Kapro Postanowienia ogólne i techniczne Warszawa, 8 sierpnia 2008 r. Warszawa, 22 grudnia 2011 r. ______________________________________________________________________________________________ Aprobata Techniczna ITB AT-15-6411/2010 jest nowelizacj Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6411/2004. Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6411/2010 zawiera 48 strony. Tekst tego dokumentu mona kopiowa tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty Technicznej wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej. 144 Aprobata Techniczna ITB AT-15-6473/2010 jest nowelizacj Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6473/2004. Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-6473/2010 zawiera 49 stron. Tekst tego dokumentu mona kopiowa tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty Technicznej wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej. Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-7560/2008 zawiera 44 strony. Tekst tego dokumentu kopiowa mo na tylko w cało ci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w ka dej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty Technicznej, wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej. Dokument Aprobaty Technicznej ITB AT-15-8773/2011 zawiera 26 stron. Tekst tego dokumentu mona kopiowa tylko w caoci. Publikowanie lub upowszechnianie w kadej innej formie fragmentów tekstu Aprobaty Technicznej, wymaga pisemnego uzgodnienia z Instytutem Techniki Budowlanej. HANDLES HANDLES Interior doors Item Type of handle Rebated (including the sound insulation Type A, Type B) Non-rebated (with magnetic lock including the sound insulation Type A, Type B) Cerber II Cerber 37 dB RC3 B-30, C-30 1 ARCO x x - - - - 2 ARCUS x x - - - - 3 MENSA x x - - - - 4 IMAGE-O-INOX x x - - - - 5 IMAGE-QR x x - - - - 6 LATINO x x - - - - 7 PASSO x x - - - - 8 TWIST x x - - - - 9 LINEA x x - - - - 10 CRUX x x - - - - 11 SEMPRE x x - - - - 12 GRAVI x x - - - - 13 VERSA x x - - - - 14 ENCKE x x - - - - 15 BIELA x x - - - - 16 FAYE x x - - - - 17 HALLEY x x - - - - 18 GALE x - - - - - 19 TRITTON x - - - - - 20 PRESTIGE x** - x** x* x* x* 21 GARDA x* - - x x x 22 JANE x - x x - - 23 OTERMA x** - x** x* - - 24 AGOSTO x x - - - - 25 MAGGIO x x - - - - 26 LUGLIO x x - - - - 27 APRILE x x - - - - 28 OTONO x x - - - - 29 VERANO x x - - - - 30 INVERNO x x - - - - 31 AUTUNNO x x - - - - 32 ESTATE x x - - - - 33 PRIMAVERA x x - - - - * screws must be shortened ** screws and stud must be shortened 7 9x30 LOB 8 30Gx35 Wilka 9 30x35G Wilka 10 35Gx35 Wilka 11 40x35G Wilka 12 40x30G Wilka 13 35Gx45 Wilka 14 35x40G Wilka Opened outwards Opened inwards Opened outwards Opened inwards With the JANE handle With the Prestige handle, with and without cylinder protection, and the Garda handle with the cylinder protection RC3 With the Prestige handle, with and without cylinder protection, and the Garda handle with the cylinder protection B30/C30 Opened outwards Opened inwards Opened outwards LOB With the OTERMA, OTERMA II handle or with the Prestige handle, with and without cylinder protection LOB 30x40G Opened inwards 30Gx40 6 With the OTERMA, OTERMA II handle 5 Opened outwards LOB Opened inwards 30x40 Cerber II 37 dB With the JANE handle 4 Opened outwards LOB With the Prestige handle without cylinder protection 30x35G Opened outwards 3 Opened inwards x For the anti-panic lever Double leaf rebated type x LOB Lumen Single leaf rebated type, Type A, type B LOB 30x30 Cerber II Double leaf non-rebated type, Type A, type B Manufacturer 30x35 2 Double leaf non-rebated type Cylinder size 1 Single leaf non-rebated type, Type A, type B Item Interior doors Opened inwards CYLINDERS NOTE! The door should be provided with door handles conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1906:2012 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions. x x Viewers: - interior doors, Cerber: viewer Ø15 LOB in range 35-55 mm - technical doors: viewer Ø20 Panorama 200 in range 45-70 mm x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x NOTE! The door should be provided with door lock cylinders conforming to the requirements of the PN-EN 1303:2007 + AC:2008 standard to meet the fire resistance conditions. 145 EXEMPLARY REFERENCES Piano hotel, Opole Szczecin Academy of Art, Szczecin Dental Institute, Poznan Hotel “Srebrne Tarasy”, Sarbinowo Military Administrative Court, Gorzow Hotel “Delfin”, Dabki Pelikan Apartment Building, Poznan Ikar Plaza, Kolobrzeg The University Library, Zielona Góra Apartment Building, Miedzyzdroje Congress Centre, Poznan Hotel “Resident”, Swinoujscie Hotel Vertigo, Gogolin CPIA Cristal resort Hotel “Slociak”, Opole Opole University of Technology, Opole Hospital, Bydgoszcz ZUS, Walbrzych Opole University, Opole BAŁTYK Health Resort, Kołobrzeg Biotechnology Department, Opole 146 don prestige residence, poznań dune, mielno For the comprehensive information about the references, please visit www.pol-skone.eu john deere, tarnowo podgórne SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS n SPECIFICATIONS Fire resistance: 30 min Acoustic insulation: class Smoke control (optional) for door without Rw=32 dB (single leaf type) a ventilation grill class Rw=27 dB (double leaf door) n SPECIFICATIONS n SPECIFICATIONS Fire resistance: 60 min Acoustic insulation: class Smoke control (optional) Rw=32 dB for door without a ventilation grill Non-standard wall housings (custom designs) adapted to even the most demanding designs. Acoustic insulation: class Rw=32 dB (single leaf type) class Rw=32 dB (double leaf door) class Rw=42 dB (single leaf type) Fire resistance: 30 min n TECHNICAL DOOR DECORS Sample patterns Side and top rails with various finish options. MILENIUM GRAND VENA FORM ASTRO LUX W2 ASTRO LUX W8 ETIUDA The technical door with a decor is available (at an extra charge after consultation with the Sales Department) Availability of the side and top 210 mm wide architrave – door types: B-30,C-30. Door models: CERBER, EI 30 PLUS, EI30, EI60 PLUS - only from the side opposite to the hinge side. The Developments/Projects catalogue contains a detailed selection of available solutions for development projects. 147 SOLUTIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS Fire Protection Doors Smoke Control Doors EI 30, EI 60 R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM Fire resistance 30 min., 60 min. Acoustic insulation 27 dB, 32 dB, 42 dB Smoke control Sound Insulating Doors TYPE A, TYPE B R E B A T E D NON-REBATED SYSTEM SYSTEM Acoustic insulation 27 dB, 32 dB, 37 dB HIGRO Special Purpose Doors NON-REBATED SYSTEM For rooms with high relative air humidity and temperature 148 The Developments/Projects catalogue contains a detailed selection of available solutions for development projects. GAMMA Special Purpose Doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM For rooms where x-radiation is generated Exterior Doors R E B AT E D SYSTEM Thermal transmittance ud from 0,78 w/m2k Burglary resistance Wooden Windows Passive Windows Thermal transmittance: from 0,77 w/m2k* Water tightness Resistance to wind Acoustic properties rw(c; ctr) Air permeability 2+1 Window Thermal transmittance: from 0,98 w/m2k* Water tightness: e1800 Resistance to wind: c3 Acoustic properties rw (c; ctr) : 33 (-1;-5) Air permeability: 4 *to the reference window of the dimensions of 1,23x1,48 m 149 WINDOW SPECIFICATIONS Windows hold the FSC® 100% certificate. See the POL-Skone catalogue for details. Typ C S-System SLIM Alu-Effect Wooden Casement window Window frame thickness 68 mm Including the aluminium 119 mm Including the aluminium 77 mm 190 mm Material pine/oak/meranti** Typ C: typ C S-System: S-System optional S-System optional Typ C pine pine/oak/meranti** - aluminium Typ C optional S-System pine Typ C optional S-System Glazing bead profile Typ C Way of opening FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding), PL (Patio Life), S (Patio Folding), O (Revolving) FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding), S (Patio Folding), RU/R, R+R /R+R, R+RU /R+R Available glass pane sets 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53% 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=35% 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53% 4/16/4 Ug=1,0 + 4mm; g=50% 1,3 0,75 1,3 1,1 1,4 - - Thermal Pine transmittance 2 Oak U (W/m K)* Sound Rw(dB) Quantity Weather strip Colour 34 33 34 Typ C: 2 S-System: 1 3 2 white/rustic brown white/rustic brown white/rustic brown (*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m. ** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department 34 2/1 white/rustic brown Dual-Standard Scandinavian System 2+1 Steps Window Window frame thickness Including the aluminium 86 mm 104 mm Including the aluminium 93 mm Including the aluminium 78 mm Material pine/oak/meranti** – aluminium - pine Typ C optional S-System pine/oak – aluminium Glazing bead profile pine/oak S-System optional Typ C Way of opening FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding), PL (Patio Life) TS, TH, SHI, SHII, FIX R, RU, RU-R FIX, U, R, RU, R+R, R+RU Available glass pane sets 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53% 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53% 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 6Steps/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=59% 1,3 1,3 0,98 1,3 - 1,3 - Thermal Pine transmittance Oak U (W/m2K)* Sound Rw(dB) Quantity Weather strip Colour 150 33 33 33 2 1 2 white/rustic brown white/rustic brown white/rustic brown (*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m. ** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department - 34 2 black + white/rustic brown The detailed offer of exterior door and window systems is available in a separate catalogue: POL-SKONE EXTERIOR DOORS AND WINDOWS Windows hold the FSC® 100% certificate. See the POL-Skone catalogue for details. EC 90 SR 46 Energy Concept 90 EC90 Plus Patio Life Window frame thickness 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 171 mm Material pine pine/oak/meranti** pine z wkładem termoizolacyjnym pine/oak Glazing bead profile Typ C optional S-System Typ C optional S-System Typ C optional S-System Typ C optional S-System Way of opening FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding), PL (Patio Life) FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R PATIO LIFE Available glass pane sets 66.2f.acust./20/44.2 Ug=1,0; Rw=51dB; g=46% 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=37% 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,7; g=62% 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug=0,8; g=53% Pine 1,3 0,78 0,77 1,2 Oak - 0,87 - - Thermal transmittance U (W/m2K)* Sound Rw(dB) Quantity Weather strip Colour 46 35 35 3 3 3 white/rustic brown white/rustic brown white/oak rustic (*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m. ** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department 2 black Dual-Nord Dual-Nord 0,5 Typ C Plus Energy Concept 90 Alu-Effect EC90 Plus Alu Effect Window frame thickness Including the aluminium 117 mm 78 mm Including the aluminium 104 mm Including the aluminium 104 mm Material pine/oak - aluminium pine Glazing bead profile - Typ C optional S-System pine/ oak/ meranti** aluminium termal insert Typ C optional S-System pine with a thermal insulation insert aluminium Typ C optional S-System Way of opening TS, TH, SHI, SHII, FIX FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R, UP (Patio Sliding), S (Patio Folding) FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R FIX, U, R, RU, RU-R Available glass pane sets Thermal transmittance U (W/m2K)* Pine Oak Sound Rw(dB) Quantity Weather strip Colour Dual-Nord: 4/16/4 Ug=1,0; g=50% 4/10/4/10/4 Ug = 0,8 g =53% Dual-Nord 0,5: 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=37% 4/14/4/14/4 Ug=0,6; g=35% 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,5; g=37% 4/16/4/16/4 Ug=0,7; g=62% Dual-Nord: 1,3 Dual-Nord 0,5: 0,81 0,88 0,77 0,78 - - - 33 35 1 2 3 white/rustic brown white/rustic brown white/rustic brown (*) The provided values of the thermal and acoustic insulation apply to the reference window of the dimensions of 1.23 x 1.48 m. ** subject to consultation with the POL-SKONE Development Project Service Department or the Sales Department 35 3 white/oak rustic 151 Exterior doors, windows and solutions for development projects are available in separate publications. Search for products with the FSC® mark in our offer BUSINESS PARTNER DOORS anD WInDOWS POL-SKONE Sp. z o.o. ul. Lucyny Herc 8 20-328 Lublin, Poland phone: +48 81 744 30 11 –:13 fax: +48 81 744 24 89; +48 81 744 39 12 e-mail: [email protected] www.pol-skone.eu 152